diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/issue_template.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/issue_template.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8cc987 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/issue_template.md @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Prior to submitting a new issue make sure to complete these steps: + +- [ ] Checkout the `dev` branch and confirm the issue is present there as well. + The `dev` branch contains fixes that may not have been merged to `master` yet. +- [ ] Post the syntax you are using (default/mediawiki/markdown) **and** your vimwiki settings from your `.vimrc` +- [ ] Provide a detailed description of the problem including **steps to reproduce the issue**. +- [ ] Include the output of `:VimwikiShowVersion`. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/pull_request_template.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/pull_request_template.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b797b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/pull_request_template.md @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Steps for submitting a pull request: + +- [ ] **ALL** pull requests should be made against the `dev` branch! +- [ ] Take a look at [CONTRIBUTING.MD](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/blob/dev/CONTRIBUTING.md) +- [ ] Reference any related issues. +- [ ] Provide a description of the proposed changes. +- [ ] PRs must pass Vint tests and add new Vader tests as applicable. +- [ ] Make sure to update the documentation in `doc/vimwiki.txt` if applicable, + including the Changelog and Contributors sections. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.gitignore b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3929660 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# Local stuff +# This section is devoted to this project +############################## +doc/tags +.tags + +# Vim stuff +############################## +*.s[a-w][a-z] +*.un~ +Session.vim +.netrwhist +*~ + +# OS generated files +############################## +.DS_Store +.DS_Store? +._* +.Spotlight-V100 +.Trashes +ehthumbs.db +Thumbs.db +vimtest diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.travis.yml b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.travis.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc519c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.travis.yml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# No language: we download vim and compile it oursselves +language: generic + +cache: + # Enable cache folder + bundler: true + directories: + - $HOME/docker_images + +before_cache: + # Save tagged docker images. Info at https://github.com/travis-ci/travis-ci/issues/5358#issuecomment-248915326 + - > + mkdir -p $HOME/docker_images && docker images -a --filter='dangling=false' --format '{{.Repository}}:{{.Tag}} {{.ID}}' + | xargs -n 2 -t sh -c 'test -e $HOME/docker_images/$1.tar.gz || docker save $0 | gzip -2 > $HOME/docker_images/$1.tar.gz' + +before_install: + # Install docker + - n_image=$(ls -1 $HOME/docker_images/*.tar.gz | wc -l) + - if (( $n_image )); then ls $HOME/docker_images/*.tar.gz | xargs -I {file} sh -c "zcat {file} | docker load"; + else docker build --tag vimwiki .; + fi + +script: + # Run All tests + - pushd test + - bash run_tests.sh + - popd diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/CONTRIBUTING.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/CONTRIBUTING.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d3e53b --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/CONTRIBUTING.md @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# Contributing to Vimwiki + +# Filing a bug + +Before filing a bug or starting to write a patch, check the latest development version from +https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/tree/dev to see if your problem is already fixed. + +Issues can be filed at https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/ . + +# Creating a pull request + +If you want to provide a pull request on GitHub, please start from the `dev` branch, not from the +`master` branch. (Caution, GitHub shows `master` as the default branch from which to start a PR.) + +Make sure to update `doc/vimwiki.txt` with the following information: + +1. Update the changelog to include information on the new feature the PR introduces or the bug it + is fixing. +2. Add a help section to describe any new features or options. +3. If you are a first time contributor add your name to the list of contributors. + +**Testing:** Vimwiki uses [vader](https://github.com/junegunn/vader.vim) for unit tests and +[vint](https://github.com/Kuniwak/vint) for linting. Any new PRs must add new tests and pass all +linter checks. See the [test README](test/README.md) for more info. + +- In addition to the included tests, there are more example wikis that can be used for testing + [here](https://github.com/vimwiki/testwikis). + +# More info and advice for (aspiring) core developers + +- Before implementing a non-trivial feature, think twice what it means for the user. We should + always try to keep backward compatibility. If you are not sure, discuss it on GitHub. +- Also, when thinking about adding a new feature, it should be something which fits into the + overall design of Vimwiki and which a significant portion of the users may like. Keep in mind + that everybody has their own way to use Vimwiki. +- Keep the coding style consistent. +- Test your changes. Keep in mind that Vim has a ton of options and the users tons of different + setups. Take a little time to think about under which circumstances your changes could break. + +## Git branching model + +- There are two branches with eternal lifetime: + 1. `dev`: This is where the main development happens. Tasks which are done in one or only a few + commits go here directly. Always try to keep this branch in a working state, that is, if the + task you work on requires multiple commits, make sure intermediate commits don't make + Vimwiki unusable (or at least push these commits at one go). + 2. `master`: This branch is for released states only. Whenever a reasonable set of changes has + piled up in the `dev` branch, a [release is done](#preparing-a-release). After a release, + `dev` has been merged into `master` and `master` got exactly one additional commit in which + the version number in `plugin/vimwiki.vim` is updated. Apart from these commits and the + merge commit from `dev`, nothing happens on `master`. Never should `master` merge into + `dev`. When the users ask, we should recommend this branch for them to use. +- Larger changes which require multiple commits are done in feature branches. They are based on + `dev` and merge into `dev` when the work is done. + +## Preparing a release + +1. `git checkout dev` +2. Update the changelog in the doc, nicely grouped, with a new version number and release date. +3. Update the list of contributors. +4. Update the version number at the top of the doc file. +5. If necessary, update the Readme and the home page. +6. `git checkout master && git merge dev` +7. Update the version number at the top of plugin/vimwiki.vim. +8. Set a tag with the version number in Git: `git tag vX.Y` +9. `git push --tags` +10. In GitHub, go to _Releases_ -> _Draft a new release_ -> choose the tag, convert the changelog + from the doc to markdown and post it there. Make plans to build an automatic converter and + immediately forget this plan. +11. Tell the world. + + diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/DesignNotes.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/DesignNotes.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e7f957 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/DesignNotes.md @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +# Design Notes + +This file is meant to document design decisions and algorithms inside vimwiki +which are too large for code comments, and not necessarily interesting to +users. Please create a new section to document each behavior. + +## Formatting tables + +In vimwiki, formatting tables occurs dynamically, when navigating between cells +and adding new rows in a table in the Insert mode, or statically, when pressing +`gqq` or `gqw` (which are mappings for commands `VimwikiTableAlignQ` and +`VimwikiTableAlignW` respectively) in the Normal mode. It also triggers when +leaving Insert mode, provided variable `g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt` is set. In +this section, the original and the newer optimized algorithms of table +formatting will be described and compared. + +### The older table formatting algorithm and why this is not optimal + +Let's consider a simple example. Open a new file, say _tmp.wiki_, and create a +new table with command `VimwikiTable`. This should create a blank table. + +``` +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| | | | | | +``` + +Let's put the cursor in the first header column of the table, enter the Insert +mode and type a name, say _Col1_. Then press _Tab_: the cursor will move to the +second column of the header and the table will get aligned (in the context of +the table formatting story, words _aligned_ and _formatted_ are considered as +synonyms). Now the table looks as in the following snippet. + +``` +| Col1 | | | | | +|------|---|---|---|---| +| | | | | | +``` + +Then, when moving cursor to the first data row (i.e. to the third line of the +table below the separator line) and typing anything here and there while +navigating using _Tab_ or _Enter_ (pressing this creates a new row below the +current row), the table shall keep formatting. Below is a result of such a +random edit. + +``` +| Col1 | | | | | +|------|-------|---|-------|----------| +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | | | | New data | +``` + +The lowest row gets aligned when leaving the Insert mode. Let's copy _Data1_ +(using `viwy` or another keystroke) and paste it (using `p`) in the second data +row of the first column. Now the table looks mis-aligned (as we did not enter +the Insert mode). + +``` +| Col1 | | | | | +|------|-------|---|-------|----------| +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| Data1 | | | | New data | +``` + +This is not a big problem though, because we can put the cursor at _any_ place +in the table and press `gqq`: the table will get aligned. + +``` +| Col1 | | | | | +|-------|-------|---|-------|----------| +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| Data1 | | | | New data | +``` + +Now let's make real problems! Move the cursor to the lowest row and copy it +with `yy`. Then 500-fold paste it with `500p`. Now the table very long. Move +the cursor to the lowest row (by pressing `G`), enter the Insert mode, and try +a new random editing session by typing anything in cells with _Tab_ and _Enter_ +navigation interleaves. The editing got painfully slow, did not? + +The reason of the slowing down is the older table formatting algorithm. Every +time _Tab_ or _Enter_ get pressed down, all rows in the table get visited to +calculate a new alignment. Moreover, by design it may happen even more than +once per one press! + +```vim +function! s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, goto_first) + let cmd = "\o".s:create_empty_row(a:cols) + let cmd .= "\:call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'))\" + let cmd .= "\0" + if a:goto_first + let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'c', line('.'))\" + else + let cmd .= (col('.')-1)."l" + let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\" + endif + let cmd .= "a" + + return cmd +endfunction +``` + +Function `s:kbd_create_new_row()` is called when _Tab_ or _Enter_ get pressed. +Formatting of the whole table happens in function `vimwiki#tbl#format()`. But +remember that leaving the Insert mode triggers re-formatting of a table when +variable `g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt` is set. This means that formatting of the +whole table is called on all those multiple interleaves between the Insert and +the Normal mode in `s:kbd_create_new_row` (notice `\`, `o`, etc.). + +### The newer table formating algorithm + +The newer algorithm was introduced to struggle against performance issues when +formatting large tables. + +Let's take the table from the previous example in an intermediate state. + +``` +| Col1 | | | | | +|------|-------|---|-------|----------| +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| Data1 | | | | New data | +``` + +Then move the cursor to the first data row, copy it with `yy`, go down to the +mis-aligned line, and press `5p`. Now we have a slightly bigger mis-aligned +table. + +``` +| Col1 | | | | | +|------|-------|---|-------|----------| +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| Data1 | | | | New data | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +``` + +Go down to the lowest, the 7th, data row and press `gq1`. Nothing happened. +Let's go to the second or the third data row and press `gq1` once again. Now +the table gets aligned. Let's undo formatting with `u`, go to the fourth row, +and press `gq1`. Now the table should look like in the following snippet. + +``` +| Col1 | | | | | +|------|-------|---|-------|----------| +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| Data1 | | | | New data | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +| | Data1 | | Data2 | | +``` + +What a peculiar command! Does using it make any sense? Not much, honestly. +Except it shows how the newer optimized table formatting algorithm works in the +Insert mode. + +Indeed, the newer table formatting algorithm introduces a _viewport_ on a table. +Now, when pressing _Tab_ or _Enter_ in the Insert mode, only a small part of +rows are checked for possible formatting: two rows above the current line and +the current line itself (the latter gets preliminary shrunk with function +`s:fmt_row()`). If all three lines in the viewport are of the same length, then +nothing happens (case 1 in the example). If the second or the shrunk current +line is longer then the topmost line in the viewport, then the algorithm falls +back to the older formatting algorithm and the whole table gets aligned +(case 2). If the topmost line in the viewport is longer than the second +and the shrunk current line, then the two lowest lines get aligned according to +the topmost line (case 3). + +Performance of the newer formatting algorithm should not depend on the height +of the table. The newer algorithm should also be consistent with respect to +user editing experience. Indeed, as soon as a table should normally be edited +row by row from the top to the bottom, dynamic formatting should be both fast +(watching only three rows in a table, re-formatting only when the shrunk +current row gets longer than any of the two rows above) and eager (a table +should look formatted on every press on _Tab_ and _Enter_). However, the newer +algorithm differs from the older algorithm when starting editing a mis-aligned +table in an area where mis-aligned rows do not get into the viewport: in this +case the newer algorithm will format the table partly (in the rows of the +viewport) until one of the being edited cells grows in length to a value big +enough to trigger the older algorithm and the whole table gets aligned. When +partial formatting is not desirable, the whole table can be formatted by +pressing `gqq` in the Normal mode. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/Dockerfile b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/Dockerfile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6ffdd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/Dockerfile @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +FROM testbed/vim:17 + +# add packages +RUN apk --no-cache add bash=~5.0 +RUN apk --no-cache add git=~2.22 +RUN apk --no-cache add python3=~3.7 + +# get vint for linting +RUN pip3 install vim-vint==0.3.21 + +# get vader for unit tests +RUN git clone -n https://github.com/junegunn/vader.vim /vader +WORKDIR /vader +RUN git checkout de8a976f1eae2c2b680604205c3e8b5c8882493c + +# build vim and neovim versions we want to test +# TODO uncomment nvim tag +WORKDIR / +RUN install_vim -tag v7.3.429 -name vim_7.3.429 -build \ + -tag v7.4.1099 -name vim_7.4.1099 -build \ + -tag v7.4.1546 -name vim_7.4.1546 -build \ + -tag v8.0.0027 -name vim_8.0.0027 -build \ + -tag v8.1.0519 -name vim_8.1.0519 -build \ diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/LICENSE.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/LICENSE.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdf8546 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/LICENSE.md @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +MIT License + +Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Maxim Kim + 2013-2017 Daniel Schemala + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README-cn.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README-cn.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d1a064 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README-cn.md @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +VimWiki —— Vim 个人 Wiki 插件 +============================================================================== + +[English](README.md) + +![screenshot1](doc/screenshot_1.png) +![screenshot2](doc/screenshot_2.png) * + +介绍 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +Vimwiki 是 Vim 中的个人 Wiki —— 一组链接起来的、有独特语法高亮的文本文件。 + +通过 Vimwiki，你可以: + + * 组织笔记和想法 + * 管理待办事项 + * 编写文档 + * 坚持写日记 + * 将这一切导出成 HTML 网页 + +马上开始！按下 `ww`（通常是 `\ww`）进入作为目录页的 wiki 文件，这个文件默认存放在 `~/vimwiki/index.wiki`。 + +在该文件中输入以下示例： + + = 我的个人知识库 = + * 任务列表 -- _昨天_ 就该完成的事！！！ + * Gutenberg 计划 -- 好书给我力量。 + * 草稿 -- 临时记录一些东西。 + +把光标移到 `任务` 二字上，按 Enter（回车）创建链接。按下后，`任务`二字会变成 `[[任务]]` —— 这是一个 Vimwiki 链接。再次按 Enter 即可进入这个链接（打开新的 wiki 文件）。编辑这个新文件，保存，然后按 Backspace（退格）就能回到目录页。 + +如果 Vimwiki 链接长度不止一个单词（指的是英文单词），只需在 Visual 模式选择这段文本后按 Enter 即可。用上面的 `Gutenberg 计划` 试试吧。最终结果是这样： + + = 我的个人知识库 = + * [[任务列表]] -- _昨天_ 就该完成的事！！！ + * [[Gutenberg 计划]] -- 好书给我力量。 + * 草稿 -- 临时记录一些东西。 + + +基本标记 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + = 一级标题 = + == 二级标题 == + === 三级标题 === + + + *bold* -- 粗体文本 + _italic_ -- 斜体文本 + （应用于句中的汉字文本时，必须在标记前后加空格，例如：一段 *中文* 文本） + + [[wiki link]] -- wiki 链接 + [[wiki link|description]] -- 带有描述文本的 wiki 链接 + + +列表： + + * bullet list item 1（无编号列表） + - bullet list item 2 + - bullet list item 3 + * bullet list item 4 + * bullet list item 5 + * bullet list item 6 + * bullet list item 7 + - bullet list item 8 + - bullet list item 9 + + 1. numbered list item 1（有编号列表） + 2. numbered list item 2 + a) numbered list item 3 + b) numbered list item 4 + + +更多格式说明，请阅 `:h vimwiki-syntax` + + +键位绑定 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +normal 模式: + + * `ww` -- 打开默认的 wiki 目录文件 + * `wt` -- 在新标签（Tab）中打开 wiki 目录文件 + * `ws` -- 在多个 wiki 中选择并打开该 wiki 的目录文件 + * `wd` -- 删除当前 wiki 文件 + * `wr` -- 重命名当前 wiki 文件 + * `` -- 创建或打开 wiki 链接 + * `` -- 先上下分屏再打开 wiki 链接（若非链接则先创建） + * `` -- 先左右分屏再打开 wiki 链接（若非链接则先创建） + * `` -- 返回之前浏览的 wiki 文件 + * `` -- 跳到本文件中下一个 wiki 链接 + * `` -- 跳到本文件中上一个 wiki 链接 + +更多快捷键说明，请阅 `:h vimwiki-mappings` + + +命令 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + * `:Vimwiki2HTML` -- 将当前 wiki 文件转换成 HTML 网页 + * `:VimwikiAll2HTML` -- 把所有 wiki 文件转换成 HTML 网页 + * `:help vimwiki-commands` -- 显示全部命令 + + +安装 +============================================================================== + +准备工作 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +确保在 `vimrc` 中加入了以下设置： + + set nocompatible + filetype plugin on + syntax on + +没有这些设置，Vimwiki 将无法正常工作。 + +通过 [Vim packages](http://vimhelp.appspot.com/repeat.txt.html#packages) 安装（Vim 7.4.1528 后） +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git ~/.vim/pack/plugins/start/vimwiki + +通过 [Pathogen](http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2332) 安装 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + cd ~/.vim + mkdir bundle + cd bundle + git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git + +通过 [Vim-Plug](https://github.com/junegunn/vim-plug) 安装 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +在 `vimrc` 中加入以下插件设置： + + Plug 'vimwiki/vimwiki' + +然后运行 `:PlugInstall`。 + +通过 [Vundle](https://github.com/VundleVim/Vundle.vim) 安装 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +在 `vimrc` 中加入 `Plugin 'vimwiki/vimwiki'`，然后执行： + + vim +PluginInstall +qall + +或者下载 [zip 压缩包](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/archive/master.zip)然后解压到 `~/.vim/bundle/` 目录下。 + +安装后，启动 Vim 并执行 `:Helptags` 以及 `:help vimwiki`，检查安装是否成功。 + + +获取帮助 +============================================================================== + +遇到问题？在 Freenode 的 IRC 频道 `#vimwiki`（[网页聊天](https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki)）提问，或者发送问题到[邮件列表](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/vimwiki)上吧。 + + +---- +\* 前面截图中用的是 [solarized 配色方案](https://github.com/altercation/vim-colors-solarized)以及 [lightline](https://github.com/itchyny/lightline.vim) 插件。 diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d53526c --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +![VimWiki: A Personal Wiki For Vim](doc/splash.png) + +[中文](README-cn.md) + +- [Intro](#intro) +- [Screenshots](#screenshots) +- [Installation](#installation) + - [Prerequisites](#prerequisites) + - [VIM Packages](#installation-using-vim-packages-since-vim-741528) + - [Pathogen](#installation-using-pathogen) + - [Vim-Plug](#installation-using-vim-plug) + - [Vundle](#installation-using-vundle) +- [Basic Markup](#basic-markup) + - [Lists](#lists) +- [Key Bindings](#key-bindings) +- [Commands](#commands) +- [Changing Wiki Syntax](#changing-wiki-syntax) +- [Getting Help](#getting-help) +- [Helping VimWiki](#helping-vimwiki) +- [Wiki](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/wiki) +- [License](#license) + +---- + +## Introduction + +VimWiki is a personal wiki for Vim -- a number of linked text files that have +their own syntax highlighting. See the [VimWiki Wiki](https://vimwiki.github.io/vimwikiwiki/) +for an example website built with VimWiki! + +For the latest features and fixes checkout the [dev branch](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/tree/dev). +If you are interested in contributing see [this section](#helping-vimwiki). + +With VimWiki, you can: + +- Organize notes and ideas +- Manage to-do lists +- Write documentation +- Maintain a diary +- Export everything to HTML + +To do a quick start, press `ww` (default is `\ww`) to go to your index +wiki file. By default, it is located in `~/vimwiki/index.wiki`. See `:h vimwiki_list` +for registering a different path/wiki. + +Feed it with the following example: + +```text += My knowledge base = + * Tasks -- things to be done _yesterday_!!! + * Project Gutenberg -- good books are power. + * Scratchpad -- various temporary stuff. +``` + +Place your cursor on `Tasks` and press Enter to create a link. Once pressed, +`Tasks` will become `[[Tasks]]` -- a VimWiki link. Press Enter again to +open it. Edit the file, save it, and then press Backspace to jump back to your +index. + +A VimWiki link can be constructed from more than one word. Just visually +select the words to be linked and press Enter. Try it, with `Project Gutenberg`. +The result should look something like: + +```text += My knowledge base = + * [[Tasks]] -- things to be done _yesterday_!!! + * [[Project Gutenberg]] -- good books are power. + * Scratchpad -- various temporary stuff. +``` + +## Screenshots + +![Lists View](doc/lists.png) +![Entries View](doc/entries.png) +![Todos View](doc/todos.png) +![Wiki View](doc/wiki.png) + +## Installation + +VimWiki has been tested on **Vim >= 7.3**. It will likely work on older +versions but will not be officially supported. + +### Prerequisites + +Make sure you have these settings in your vimrc file: + +```vim +set nocompatible +filetype plugin on +syntax on +``` + +Without them, VimWiki will not work properly. + +#### Installation using [Vim packages](http://vimhelp.appspot.com/repeat.txt.html#packages) (since Vim 7.4.1528) + +```sh + +git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git ~/.vim/pack/plugins/start/vimwiki + +# to generate documentation i.e. ':h vimwiki' +vim -c 'helptags ~/.vim/pack/plugins/start/vimwiki/doc' -c quit + +``` + +Notes: + +- See `:h helptags` for issues with installing the documentation. +- For general information on vim packages see `:h packages`. + +#### Installation using [Pathogen](https://github.com/tpope/vim-pathogen) + +```sh + +cd ~/.vim +mkdir bundle +cd bundle +git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git + +``` + +#### Installation using [Vim-Plug](https://github.com/junegunn/vim-plug) + +Add the following to the plugin-configuration in your vimrc: + +```vim + +Plug 'vimwiki/vimwiki' + +``` + +Then run `:PlugInstall`. + +#### Installation using [Vundle](https://github.com/VundleVim/Vundle.vim) + +Add `Plugin 'vimwiki/vimwiki'` to your vimrc file and run: + +```sh + +vim +PluginInstall +qall + +``` + +#### Manual Install + +Download the [zip archive](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/archive/master.zip) +and extract it in `~/.vim/bundle/` + +Then launch Vim, run `:Helptags` and then `:help vimwiki` to verify it was +installed. + +## Basic Markup + +```text += Header1 = +== Header2 == +=== Header3 === + + +*bold* -- bold text +_italic_ -- italic text + +[[wiki link]] -- wiki link +[[wiki link|description]] -- wiki link with description +``` + +### Lists + +```text +* bullet list item 1 + - bullet list item 2 + - bullet list item 3 + * bullet list item 4 + * bullet list item 5 +* bullet list item 6 +* bullet list item 7 + - bullet list item 8 + - bullet list item 9 + +1. numbered list item 1 +2. numbered list item 2 + a) numbered list item 3 + b) numbered list item 4 +``` + +For other syntax elements, see `:h vimwiki-syntax` + +## Key bindings + +### Normal mode + +**Note:** your terminal may prevent capturing some of the default bindings +listed below. See `:h vimwiki-local-mappings` for suggestions for alternative +bindings if you encounter a problem. + +#### Basic key bindings + +- `ww` -- Open default wiki index file. +- `wt` -- Open default wiki index file in a new tab. +- `ws` -- Select and open wiki index file. +- `wd` -- Delete wiki file you are in. +- `wr` -- Rename wiki file you are in. +- `` -- Follow/Create wiki link. +- `` -- Split and follow/create wiki link. +- `` -- Vertical split and follow/create wiki link. +- `` -- Go back to parent(previous) wiki link. +- `` -- Find next wiki link. +- `` -- Find previous wiki link. + +#### Advanced key bindings + +Refer to the complete documentation at `:h vimwiki-mappings` to see many +more bindings. + +## Commands + +- `:Vimwiki2HTML` -- Convert current wiki link to HTML. +- `:VimwikiAll2HTML` -- Convert all your wiki links to HTML. +- `:help vimwiki-commands` -- List all commands. +- `:help vimwiki` -- General vimwiki help docs. + +## Changing Wiki Syntax + +VimWiki currently ships with 3 syntaxes: VimWiki (default), Markdown +(markdown), and MediaWiki (media). + +**NOTE:** Only the default syntax ships with a built-in HTML converter. For +Markdown or MediaWiki see `:h vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html`. Some examples +and 3rd party tools are available [here](https://vimwiki.github.io/vimwikiwiki/Related%20Tools.html#Related%20Tools-External%20Tools). + +If you would prefer to use either Markdown or MediaWiki syntaxes, set the +following option in your `.vimrc`: + +```vim + +let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/vimwiki/', + \ 'syntax': 'markdown', 'ext': '.md'}] + +``` + +## Getting help + +[GitHub issues](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues) are the primary +method for raising bug reports or feature requests. + +Additional resources include the IRC channel [#vimwiki](https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki) on Freenode +([webchat](https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki), also synced to Matrix/Riot: `#freenode_#vimwiki:matrix.org` and [Telegram](https://t.me/joinchat/JqBaKBfWs04qNVrp5oWcMg)) +or post to the [mailing list](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/vimwiki). + +## Helping VimWiki + +VimWiki has a lot of users but only very few recurring developers or people +helping the community. Your help is therefore appreciated. Everyone can help! +See [#625](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/625) for information on how you can help. + +Also, take a look at [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md). + +---- + +## License + +MIT License + +Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Maxim Kim + 2013-2017 Daniel Schemala + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/base.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/base.vim new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a13da8 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/base.vim @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99 +" Vimwiki autoload plugin file +" Desc: Basic functionality +" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/ + +if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_auto') || &compatible + finish +endif +let g:loaded_vimwiki_auto = 1 + + +let g:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption = 5 + + +function! s:safesubstitute(text, search, replace, mode) abort + " Substitute regexp but do not interpret replace + let escaped = escape(a:replace, '\&') + return substitute(a:text, a:search, escaped, a:mode) +endfunction + + +function! s:vimwiki_get_known_syntaxes() abort + " Getting all syntaxes that different wikis could have + let syntaxes = {} + let syntaxes['default'] = 1 + for wiki_nr in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + let wiki_syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', wiki_nr) + let syntaxes[wiki_syntax] = 1 + endfor + " also consider the syntaxes from g:vimwiki_ext2syntax + for syn in values(vimwiki#vars#get_global('ext2syntax')) + let syntaxes[syn] = 1 + endfor + return keys(syntaxes) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#file_pattern(files) abort + " Get search regex from glob() + " string. Aim to support *all* special characters, forcing the user to choose + " names that are compatible with any external restrictions that they + " encounter (e.g. filesystem, wiki conventions, other syntaxes, ...). + " See: https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues/316 + " Change / to [/\\] to allow "Windows paths" + return '\V\%('.join(a:files, '\|').'\)\m' +endfunction + + +"FIXME TODO slow and faulty +function! vimwiki#base#subdir(path, filename) abort + let path = a:path + " ensure that we are not fooled by a symbolic link + "FIXME if we are not "fooled", we end up in a completely different wiki? + if a:filename !~# '^scp:' + let filename = resolve(a:filename) + else + let filename = a:filename + endif + let idx = 0 + "FIXME this can terminate in the middle of a path component! + while path[idx] ==? filename[idx] + let idx = idx + 1 + endwhile + + let p = split(strpart(filename, idx), '[/\\]') + let res = join(p[:-2], '/') + if len(res) > 0 + let res = res.'/' + endif + return res +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#current_subdir() abort + return vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'), expand('%:p')) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#invsubdir(subdir) abort + return substitute(a:subdir, '[^/\.]\+/', '../', 'g') +endfunction + + +" Returns: the number of the wiki a file belongs to or -1 if it doesn't belong +" to any registered wiki. +" The path can be the full path or just the directory of the file +function! vimwiki#base#find_wiki(path) abort + let bestmatch = -1 + let bestlen = 0 + let path = vimwiki#path#path_norm(vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(a:path)) + for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + let idx_path = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx)) + let idx_path = vimwiki#path#path_norm(vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(idx_path)) + let common_pfx = vimwiki#path#path_common_pfx(idx_path, path) + if vimwiki#path#is_equal(common_pfx, idx_path) + if len(common_pfx) > bestlen + let bestlen = len(common_pfx) + let bestmatch = idx + endif + endif + endfor + + return bestmatch +endfunction + + +" helper: check if a link is a well formed wiki link +function! s:is_wiki_link(link_infos) abort + return a:link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+' || a:link_infos.scheme ==# 'diary' +endfunction + + +" THE central function of Vimwiki. Extract infos about the target from a link. +" If the second parameter is present, which should be an absolute file path, it +" is assumed that the link appears in that file. Without it, the current file +" is used. +function! vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link_text, ...) abort + if a:0 + let source_wiki = vimwiki#base#find_wiki(a:1) + let source_file = a:1 + else + let source_wiki = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + let source_file = vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file() + endif + + " get rid of '\' in escaped characters in []() style markdown links + " other style links don't allow '\' + let link_text = substitute(a:link_text, '\(\\\)\(\W\)\@=', '', 'g') + + let link_infos = { + \ 'index': -1, + \ 'scheme': '', + \ 'filename': '', + \ 'anchor': '', + \ } + + if link_text ==? '' + return link_infos + endif + + let scheme = matchstr(link_text, '^\zs'.vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxSchemes').'\ze:') + if scheme ==? '' + " interwiki link scheme is default + let link_infos.scheme = 'wiki'.source_wiki + else + let link_infos.scheme = scheme + + if link_infos.scheme !~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary\|local\|file' + let link_infos.filename = link_text " unknown scheme, may be a weblink + return link_infos + endif + + let link_text = matchstr(link_text, '^'.vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxSchemes').':\zs.*\ze') + endif + + let is_wiki_link = s:is_wiki_link(link_infos) + + " extract anchor + if is_wiki_link + let split_lnk = split(link_text, '#', 1) + let link_text = split_lnk[0] + if len(split_lnk) > 1 && split_lnk[-1] !=? '' + let link_infos.anchor = join(split_lnk[1:], '#') + endif + if link_text ==? '' " because the link was of the form '#anchor' + let expected_ext = vimwiki#u#escape(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')).'$' + if source_file =~# expected_ext + " Source file has expected extension. Remove it, it will be added later on + let ext_len = strlen(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')) + let link_text = fnamemodify(source_file, ':p:t')[:-ext_len-1] + endif + + endif + endif + + " check if absolute or relative path + if is_wiki_link && link_text[0] ==# '/' + if link_text !=# '/' + let link_text = link_text[1:] + endif + let is_relative = 0 + elseif !is_wiki_link && vimwiki#path#is_absolute(link_text) + let is_relative = 0 + else + let is_relative = 1 + let root_dir = fnamemodify(source_file, ':p:h') . '/' + endif + + + " extract the other items depending on the scheme + if link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+' + + " interwiki link named wiki 'wn.name:link' format + let wnmatch = matchlist(link_text, '\m^wn\.\([a-zA-Z0-9\-_ ]\+\):\(.*\)') + if len(wnmatch) >= 2 && wnmatch[1] !=? '' && wnmatch[2] !=? '' + let wname = wnmatch[1] + for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('name', idx) ==# wname + " name matches! + let link_infos.index = idx + let link_text = wnmatch[2] + break + endif + endfor + if link_text !=# wnmatch[2] + " error: invalid wiki name + let link_infos.index = -2 + let link_infos.filename = '' + " use scheme field to return invalid wiki name + let link_infos.scheme = wname + return link_infos + endif + else + " interwiki link numbered wiki format + let link_infos.index = eval(matchstr(link_infos.scheme, '\D\+\zs\d\+\ze')) + if link_infos.index < 0 || link_infos.index >= vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() + let link_infos.index = -1 + let link_infos.filename = '' + return link_infos + endif + endif + + if !is_relative || link_infos.index != source_wiki + let root_dir = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', link_infos.index) + endif + + let link_infos.filename = root_dir . link_text + + if vimwiki#path#is_link_to_dir(link_text) + if vimwiki#vars#get_global('dir_link') !=? '' + let link_infos.filename .= vimwiki#vars#get_global('dir_link') . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', link_infos.index) + endif + else + let ext = fnamemodify(link_text, ':e') + if ext ==? '' " append ext iff one not already present + let link_infos.filename .= vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', link_infos.index) + endif + endif + + elseif link_infos.scheme ==# 'diary' + let link_infos.index = source_wiki + + let link_infos.filename = + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', link_infos.index) . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path', link_infos.index) . + \ link_text . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', link_infos.index) + elseif (link_infos.scheme ==# 'file' || link_infos.scheme ==# 'local') && is_relative + let link_infos.filename = simplify(root_dir . link_text) + else " absolute file link + " collapse repeated leading "/"'s within a link + let link_text = substitute(link_text, '\m^/\+', '/', '') + " expand ~/ + let link_text = fnamemodify(link_text, ':p') + let link_infos.filename = simplify(link_text) + endif + + let link_infos.filename = vimwiki#path#normalize(link_infos.filename) + return link_infos +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#system_open_link(url) abort + " handlers + function! s:win32_handler(url) abort + "Disable shellslash for cmd and command.com, but enable for all other shells + "See Issue #560 + if (&shell =~? 'cmd') || (&shell =~? 'command.com') + + if exists('+shellslash') + let old_ssl = &shellslash + set noshellslash + let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) + let &shellslash = old_ssl + else + let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) + endif + execute 'silent ! start "Title" /B ' . url + + else + + if exists('+shellslash') + let old_ssl = &shellslash + set shellslash + let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) + let &shellslash = old_ssl + else + let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) + endif + execute 'silent ! start ' . url + + endif + endfunction + function! s:macunix_handler(url) abort + call system('open ' . shellescape(a:url).' &') + endfunction + function! s:linux_handler(url) abort + call system('xdg-open ' . shellescape(a:url).' &') + endfunction + try + if vimwiki#u#is_windows() + call s:win32_handler(a:url) + return + elseif vimwiki#u#is_macos() + call s:macunix_handler(a:url) + return + else + call s:linux_handler(a:url) + return + endif + endtry + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Default Vimwiki link handler was unable to open the HTML file!' +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#open_link(cmd, link, ...) abort + let link_infos = {} + if a:0 + let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(a:link, a:1) + else + let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(a:link) + endif + + if link_infos.filename ==? '' + if link_infos.index == -1 + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: No registered wiki ''' . link_infos.scheme . '''.' + elseif link_infos.index == -2 + " scheme field stores wiki name for this error case + echom 'Vimwiki Error: No wiki found with name "' . link_infos.scheme . '"' + else + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Unable to resolve link!' + endif + return + endif + + let is_wiki_link = s:is_wiki_link(link_infos) + + let vimwiki_prev_link = [] + " update previous link for wiki pages + if is_wiki_link + if a:0 + let vimwiki_prev_link = [a:1, []] + elseif vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw() + let vimwiki_prev_link = [vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file(), getpos('.')] + endif + endif + + " open/edit + if is_wiki_link + call vimwiki#base#edit_file(a:cmd, link_infos.filename, link_infos.anchor, + \ vimwiki_prev_link, is_wiki_link) + else + call vimwiki#base#system_open_link(link_infos.filename) + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#get_globlinks_escaped(...) abort + let s_arg_lead = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : '' + " only get links from the current dir + " change to the directory of the current file + let orig_pwd = getcwd() + lcd! %:h + " all path are relative to the current file's location + let globlinks = glob('**/*'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext'), 1)."\n" + " remove extensions + let globlinks = substitute(globlinks, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'\ze\n', '', 'g') + " restore the original working directory + exe 'lcd! '.orig_pwd + " convert to a List + let lst = split(globlinks, '\n') + " Filter files whose path matches the user's argument leader + " " use smart case matching + let r_arg = substitute(s_arg_lead, '\u', '[\0\l\0]', 'g') + call filter(lst, '-1 != match(v:val, r_arg)') + " Apply fnameescape() to each item + call map(lst, 'fnameescape(v:val)') + " Return list (for customlist completion) + return lst +endfunction + + +" Optional pattern argument +function! vimwiki#base#generate_links(create, ...) abort + " Get pattern if present + " Globlal to script to be passed to closure + if a:0 + let s:pattern = a:1 + else + let s:pattern = '' + endif + + " Define link generator closure + let GeneratorLinks = copy(l:) + function! GeneratorLinks.f() abort + let lines = [] + + let links = vimwiki#base#get_wikilinks(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr'), 0, s:pattern) + call sort(links) + + let bullet = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()) . vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' ' + let l:diary_file_paths = vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files() + + for link in links + let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link) + if !vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(link_infos.filename, copy(l:diary_file_paths)) + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template') + else + let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') + endif + + let link_caption = vimwiki#base#read_caption(link_infos.filename) + if link_caption ==? '' " default to link if caption not found + let link_caption = link + endif + + let entry = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', link, '') + let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', link_caption, '') + call add(lines, bullet. entry) + endif + endfor + + return lines + endfunction + + let links_rx = '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)' + + call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer( + \ GeneratorLinks, + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('links_header'), + \ links_rx, + \ line('$')+1, + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('links_header_level'), + \ a:create) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#goto(...) abort + let key = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : input('Enter name: ') + let anchor = a:0 > 1 ? a:2 : '' + + " Save current file pos + let vimwiki_prev_link = [vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file(), getpos('.')] + + call vimwiki#base#edit_file(':e', + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . key . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext'), + \ anchor, + \ vimwiki_prev_link, + \ vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw()) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#backlinks() abort + let current_filename = expand('%:p') + let locations = [] + for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', idx) + let wikifiles = vimwiki#base#find_files(idx, 0) + for source_file in wikifiles + let links = s:get_links(source_file, idx) + for [target_file, _, lnum, col] in links + if vimwiki#u#is_windows() + " TODO this is a temporary fix - see issue #478 + let target_file = substitute(target_file, '/', '\', 'g') + let current_filename = substitute(current_filename, '/', '\', 'g') + endif + " don't include links from the current file to itself + if vimwiki#path#is_equal(target_file, current_filename) && + \ !vimwiki#path#is_equal(target_file, source_file) + call add(locations, {'filename':source_file, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col}) + endif + endfor + endfor + endfor + + if empty(locations) + echomsg 'Vimwiki: No other file links to this file' + else + call setloclist(0, locations, 'r') + lopen + endif +endfunction + + +" Returns: a list containing all files of the given wiki as absolute file path. +" If the given wiki number is negative, the diary of the current wiki is used +" If the second argument is not zero, only directories are found +" If third argument: pattern to search for +function! vimwiki#base#find_files(wiki_nr, directories_only, ...) abort + let wiki_nr = a:wiki_nr + if wiki_nr >= 0 + let root_directory = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', wiki_nr) + else + let root_directory = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') + let wiki_nr = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + endif + if a:directories_only + let ext = '/' + else + let ext = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', wiki_nr) + endif + " If pattern is given, use it + " if current wiki is temporary -- was added by an arbitrary wiki file then do + " not search wiki files in subdirectories. Or it would hang the system if + " wiki file was created in $HOME or C:/ dirs. + if a:0 && a:1 !=# '' + let pattern = a:1 + elseif vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('is_temporary_wiki', wiki_nr) + let pattern = '*'.ext + else + let pattern = '**/*'.ext + endif + let files = split(globpath(root_directory, pattern), '\n') + + " filter excluded files before returning + for pattern in vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('exclude_files') + let efiles = split(globpath(root_directory, pattern), '\n') + let files = filter(files, 'index(efiles, v:val) == -1') + endfor + + return files +endfunction + + +" Returns: a list containing the links to get from the current file to all wiki +" files in the given wiki. +" If the given wiki number is negative, the diary of the current wiki is used. +" If also_absolute_links is nonzero, also return links of the form /file +" If pattern is not '', only filepaths matching pattern will be considered +function! vimwiki#base#get_wikilinks(wiki_nr, also_absolute_links, pattern) abort + let files = vimwiki#base#find_files(a:wiki_nr, 0, a:pattern) + if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + let cwd = vimwiki#path#wikify_path(expand('%:p:h')) + elseif a:wiki_nr < 0 + let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') + else + let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', a:wiki_nr) + endif + let result = [] + for wikifile in files + let wikifile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':r') " strip extension + if vimwiki#u#is_windows() + " TODO temporary fix see #478 + let wikifile = substitute(wikifile , '/', '\', 'g') + endif + let wikifile = vimwiki#path#relpath(cwd, wikifile) + call add(result, wikifile) + endfor + if a:also_absolute_links + for wikifile in files + if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') + elseif a:wiki_nr < 0 + let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') + endif + let wikifile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':r') " strip extension + if vimwiki#u#is_windows() + " TODO temporary fix see #478 + let wikifile = substitute(wikifile , '/', '\', 'g') + endif + let wikifile = '/'.vimwiki#path#relpath(cwd, wikifile) + call add(result, wikifile) + endfor + endif + return result +endfunction + + +" Returns: a list containing the links to all directories from the current file +function! vimwiki#base#get_wiki_directories(wiki_nr) abort + let dirs = vimwiki#base#find_files(a:wiki_nr, 1) + if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + let cwd = vimwiki#path#wikify_path(expand('%:p:h')) + let root_dir = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') + else + let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', a:wiki_nr) + endif + let result = ['./'] + for wikidir in dirs + let wikidir_relative = vimwiki#path#relpath(cwd, wikidir) + call add(result, wikidir_relative) + if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + let wikidir_absolute = '/'.vimwiki#path#relpath(root_dir, wikidir) + call add(result, wikidir_absolute) + endif + endfor + return result +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#get_anchors(filename, syntax) abort + if !filereadable(a:filename) + return [] + endif + + let rxheader = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('header_search', a:syntax) + let rxbold = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('bold_search', a:syntax) + let rxtag = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('tag_search', a:syntax) + + let anchor_level = ['', '', '', '', '', '', ''] + let anchors = [] + let current_complete_anchor = '' + for line in readfile(a:filename) + + " collect headers + let h_match = matchlist(line, rxheader) + if !empty(h_match) + let header = vimwiki#u#trim(h_match[2]) + let level = len(h_match[1]) + call add(anchors, header) + let anchor_level[level-1] = header + for l in range(level, 6) + let anchor_level[l] = '' + endfor + if level == 1 + let current_complete_anchor = header + else + let current_complete_anchor = '' + for l in range(level-1) + if anchor_level[l] !=? '' + let current_complete_anchor .= anchor_level[l].'#' + endif + endfor + let current_complete_anchor .= header + call add(anchors, current_complete_anchor) + endif + endif + + " collect bold text (there can be several in one line) + let bold_count = 1 + while 1 + let bold_text = matchstr(line, rxbold, 0, bold_count) + if bold_text ==? '' + break + endif + call add(anchors, bold_text) + if current_complete_anchor !=? '' + call add(anchors, current_complete_anchor.'#'.bold_text) + endif + let bold_count += 1 + endwhile + + " collect tags text (there can be several in one line) + let tag_count = 1 + while 1 + let tag_group_text = matchstr(line, rxtag, 0, tag_count) + if tag_group_text ==? '' + break + endif + for tag_text in split(tag_group_text, ':') + call add(anchors, tag_text) + if current_complete_anchor !=? '' + call add(anchors, current_complete_anchor.'#'.tag_text) + endif + endfor + let tag_count += 1 + endwhile + + endfor + + return anchors +endfunction + + +function! s:jump_to_anchor(anchor) abort + let oldpos = getpos('.') + call cursor(1, 1) + + let anchor = vimwiki#u#escape(a:anchor) + + let segments = split(anchor, '#', 0) + + for segment in segments + + let anchor_header = s:safesubstitute( + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('header_match'), + \ '__Header__', segment, '') + let anchor_bold = s:safesubstitute( + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('bold_match'), + \ '__Text__', segment, '') + let anchor_tag = s:safesubstitute( + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('tag_match'), + \ '__Tag__', segment, '') + + if !search(anchor_tag, 'Wc') && !search(anchor_header, 'Wc') && !search(anchor_bold, 'Wc') + call setpos('.', oldpos) + break + endif + let oldpos = getpos('.') + endfor +endfunction + + +" Params: full path to a wiki file and its wiki number +" Returns: a list of all links inside the wiki file +" Every list item has the form +" [target file, anchor, line number of the link in source file, column number] +function! s:get_links(wikifile, idx) abort + if !filereadable(a:wikifile) + return [] + endif + + let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', a:idx) + if syntax ==# 'markdown' + let rx_link = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink1MatchUrl', syntax) + else + let rx_link = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('wikilink', syntax) + endif + + let links = [] + let lnum = 0 + + for line in readfile(a:wikifile) + let lnum += 1 + + let link_count = 1 + while 1 + let col = match(line, rx_link, 0, link_count)+1 + let link_text = matchstr(line, rx_link, 0, link_count) + if link_text ==? '' + break + endif + let link_count += 1 + let target = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link_text, a:wikifile) + if target.filename !=? '' && target.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary\|file\|local' + call add(links, [target.filename, target.anchor, lnum, col]) + endif + endwhile + endfor + + return links +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#check_links() abort + let anchors_of_files = {} + let links_of_files = {} + let errors = [] + for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', idx) + let wikifiles = vimwiki#base#find_files(idx, 0) + for wikifile in wikifiles + let links_of_files[wikifile] = s:get_links(wikifile, idx) + let anchors_of_files[wikifile] = vimwiki#base#get_anchors(wikifile, syntax) + endfor + endfor + + for wikifile in keys(links_of_files) + for [target_file, target_anchor, lnum, col] in links_of_files[wikifile] + if target_file ==? '' && target_anchor ==? '' + call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, + \ 'text': 'numbered scheme refers to a non-existent wiki'}) + elseif has_key(anchors_of_files, target_file) + if target_anchor !=? '' && index(anchors_of_files[target_file], target_anchor) < 0 + call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, + \'text': 'there is no such anchor: '.target_anchor}) + endif + else + if target_file =~? '\m/$' " maybe it's a link to a directory + if !isdirectory(target_file) + call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, + \'text': 'there is no such directory: '.target_file}) + endif + else " maybe it's a non-wiki file + if filereadable(target_file) + let anchors_of_files[target_file] = [] + else + call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, + \'text': 'there is no such file: '.target_file}) + endif + endif + endif + endfor + endfor + + + " Check which wiki files are reachable from at least one of the index files. + " First, all index files are marked as reachable. Then, pick a reachable file + " and mark all files to which it links as reachable, too. Repeat until the + " links of all reachable files have been checked. + + " Map every wiki file to a number. 0 means not reachable from any index file, + " 1 means reachable, but the outgoing links are not checked yet, 2 means + " reachable and done. + let reachable_wikifiles = {} + + " first, all files are considered not reachable + for wikifile in keys(links_of_files) + let reachable_wikifiles[wikifile] = 0 + endfor + + " mark every index file as reachable + for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + let index_file = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx) . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('index', idx) . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', idx) + if filereadable(index_file) + let reachable_wikifiles[index_file] = 1 + endif + endfor + + while 1 + let next_unvisited_wikifile = '' + for wf in keys(reachable_wikifiles) + if reachable_wikifiles[wf] == 1 + let next_unvisited_wikifile = wf + let reachable_wikifiles[wf] = 2 + break + endif + endfor + if next_unvisited_wikifile ==? '' + break + endif + for [target_file, target_anchor, lnum, col] in links_of_files[next_unvisited_wikifile] + if has_key(reachable_wikifiles, target_file) && reachable_wikifiles[target_file] == 0 + let reachable_wikifiles[target_file] = 1 + endif + endfor + endwhile + + for wf in keys(reachable_wikifiles) + if reachable_wikifiles[wf] == 0 + call add(errors, {'text':wf.' is not reachable from the index file'}) + endif + endfor + + if empty(errors) + echomsg 'Vimwiki: All links are OK' + else + call setqflist(errors, 'r') + copen + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#edit_file(command, filename, anchor, ...) abort + let fname = escape(a:filename, '% *|#`') + let dir = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':p:h') + + let ok = vimwiki#path#mkdir(dir, 1) + + if !ok + echomsg ' ' + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Unable to edit file in non-existent directory: '.dir + return + endif + + " Check if the file we want to open is already the current file + " which happens if we jump to an achor in the current file. + " This hack is necessary because apparently Vim messes up the result of + " getpos() directly after this command. Strange. + if !(a:command ==# ':e ' && vimwiki#path#is_equal(a:filename, expand('%:p'))) + try + execute a:command fname + catch /E37:/ + echomsg 'Vimwiki: Can''t leave the current buffer, because it is modified. Hint: Take a look at' + \ ''':h g:vimwiki_autowriteall'' to see how to save automatically.' + return + catch /E325:/ + echom 'Vimwiki: Vim couldn''t open the file, probably because a swapfile already exists. See :h E325.' + return + endtry + + " If the opened file was not already loaded by Vim, an autocommand is + " triggered at this point + + " Make sure no other plugin takes ownership over the new file. Vimwiki + " rules them all! Well, except for directories, which may be opened with + " Netrw + if !vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw() && fname !~? '\m/$' + call vimwiki#u#ft_set() + endif + endif + if a:anchor !=? '' + call s:jump_to_anchor(a:anchor) + endif + + " save previous link + " a:1 -- previous vimwiki link to save + " a:2 -- should we update previous link + if a:0 && a:2 && len(a:1) > 0 + let prev_links = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links') + call insert(prev_links, a:1) + call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('prev_links', prev_links) + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#search_word(wikiRx, cmd) abort + let match_line = search(a:wikiRx, 's'.a:cmd) + if match_line == 0 + echomsg 'Vimwiki: Wiki link not found' + endif +endfunction + + +" Returns part of the line that matches wikiRX at cursor +function! vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(wikiRX) abort + let col = col('.') - 1 + let line = getline('.') + let ebeg = -1 + let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, 0) + while (ebeg >= 0 || (0 <= cont) && (cont <= col)) + let contn = matchend(line, a:wikiRX, cont) + if (cont <= col) && (col < contn) + let ebeg = match(line, a:wikiRX, cont) + let elen = contn - ebeg + break + else + let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, contn) + endif + endwh + if ebeg >= 0 + return strpart(line, ebeg, elen) + else + return '' + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(wikiRX, sub) abort + let col = col('.') - 1 + let line = getline('.') + let ebeg = -1 + let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, 0) + while (ebeg >= 0 || (0 <= cont) && (cont <= col)) + let contn = matchend(line, a:wikiRX, cont) + if (cont <= col) && (col < contn) + let ebeg = match(line, a:wikiRX, cont) + let elen = contn - ebeg + break + else + let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, contn) + endif + endwh + if ebeg >= 0 + " TODO: There might be problems with Unicode chars... + let newline = strpart(line, 0, ebeg).a:sub.strpart(line, ebeg+elen) + call setline(line('.'), newline) + endif +endfunction + + +function! s:print_wiki_list() abort + " find the max name length for prettier formatting + let max_len = 0 + for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + let wname = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('name', idx) + if len(wname) > max_len + let max_len = len(wname) + endif + endfor + + " print each wiki, active wiki highlighted and marked with '*' + for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) + if idx == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + let sep = '*' + echohl PmenuSel + else + let sep = ' ' + echohl None + endif + let wname = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('name', idx) + let wpath = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx) + if wname ==? '' + let wname = '----' + if max_len < 4 + let max_len = 4 + endif + endif + let wname = '"' . wname . '"' + echo printf('%2d %s %-*s %s', idx+1, sep, max_len+2, wname, wpath) + endfor + echohl None +endfunction + + +" Update link: in fname.ext +" Param: fname: the source file where to change links +" Param: old: url regex of old path relative to wiki root +" Param: new: url string of new path +function! s:update_wiki_link(fname, old, new) abort + echo 'Updating links in '.a:fname + let has_updates = 0 + let dest = [] + for line in readfile(a:fname) + if !has_updates && match(line, a:old) != -1 + let has_updates = 1 + endif + " XXX: any other characters to escape!? + call add(dest, substitute(line, a:old, escape(a:new, '&'), 'g')) + endfor + " add exception handling... + if has_updates + call rename(a:fname, a:fname.'#vimwiki_upd#') + call writefile(dest, a:fname) + call delete(a:fname.'#vimwiki_upd#') + endif +endfunction + + +" Update link for all files in dir +" Param: old_url, new_url: path of the old, new url relative to ... +" Param: dir: directory of the files, relative to wiki_root +function! s:update_wiki_links(wiki_nr, dir, old_url, new_url) abort + " Get list of wiki files + let wiki_root = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', a:wiki_nr) + let fsources = vimwiki#base#find_files(a:wiki_nr, 0) + + " Shorten dirname + let dir_rel_root = vimwiki#path#relpath(wiki_root, a:dir) + + " Cache relative url, because they are often the same, like `../dir1/vim-vimwiki.md` + let cache_dict = {} + + " Regex from path + function! s:compute_old_url_r(wiki_nr, dir_rel_fsource, old_url) abort + " Old url + let old_url_r = a:dir_rel_fsource . a:old_url + " Add potential ./ + let old_url_r = '\%(\.[/\\]\)\?' . old_url_r + " Compute old url regex with filename between \zs and \ze + let old_url_r = vimwiki#base#apply_template( + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('WikiLinkMatchUrlTemplate', + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', a:wiki_nr)), old_url_r, '', '') + + return old_url_r + endfunction + + " For each wikifile + for fsource in fsources + " Shorten fname directory + let fsource_rel_root = vimwiki#path#relpath(wiki_root, fsource) + let fsource_rel_root = fnamemodify(fsource_rel_root, ':h') + + " Compute old_url relative to fname + let dir_rel_fsource = vimwiki#path#relpath(fsource_rel_root, dir_rel_root) + " TODO get relpath coherent (and remove next 2 stuff) + " Remove the trailing ./ + if dir_rel_fsource =~# '.[/\\]$' + let dir_rel_fsource = dir_rel_fsource[:-3] + endif + " Append a / if needed + if !empty(dir_rel_fsource) && dir_rel_fsource !~# '[/\\]$' + let dir_rel_fsource .= '/' + endif + + " New url + let new_url = dir_rel_fsource . a:new_url + + " Old url + " Avoid E713 + let key = empty(dir_rel_fsource) ? 'NaF' : dir_rel_fsource + if index(keys(cache_dict), key) == -1 + let cache_dict[key] = s:compute_old_url_r( + \ a:wiki_nr, dir_rel_fsource, a:old_url) + endif + let old_url_r = cache_dict[key] + + " Update url in source file + call s:update_wiki_link(fsource, old_url_r, new_url) + endfor +endfunction + + +function! s:tail_name(fname) abort + let result = substitute(a:fname, ':', '__colon__', 'g') + let result = fnamemodify(result, ':t:r') + let result = substitute(result, '__colon__', ':', 'g') + return result +endfunction + + +function! s:get_wiki_buffers() abort + let blist = [] + let bcount = 1 + while bcount<=bufnr('$') + if bufexists(bcount) + let bname = fnamemodify(bufname(bcount), ':p') + " this may find buffers that are not part of the current wiki, but that + " doesn't hurt + if bname =~# vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$' + let bitem = [bname, vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links', bcount)] + call add(blist, bitem) + endif + endif + let bcount = bcount + 1 + endwhile + return blist +endfunction + + +function! s:open_wiki_buffer(item) abort + call vimwiki#base#edit_file(':e', a:item[0], '') + if !empty(a:item[1]) + call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('prev_links', a:item[1], a:item[0]) + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#nested_syntax(filetype, start, end, textSnipHl) abort +" From http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/VimTip857 + let ft=toupper(a:filetype) + let group='textGroup'.ft + if exists('b:current_syntax') + let s:current_syntax=b:current_syntax + " Remove current syntax definition, as some syntax files (e.g. cpp.vim) + " do nothing if b:current_syntax is defined. + unlet b:current_syntax + endif + + " Some syntax files set up iskeyword which might scratch vimwiki a bit. + " Let us save and restore it later. + " let b:skip_set_iskeyword = 1 + let is_keyword = &iskeyword + + " Check for the existence of syntax files in the runtime path before + " attempting to include them. + " https://vi.stackexchange.com/a/10354 + " Previously, this used a try/catch block to intercept any errors thrown + " when attempting to include files. The error(s) interferred with running + " with Vader tests (specifically, testing VimwikiSearch). + if !empty(globpath(&runtimepath, 'syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim')) + execute 'syntax include @'.group.' syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim' + endif + if !empty(globpath(&runtimepath, 'after/syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim')) + execute 'syntax include @'.group.' after/syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim' + endif + + let &iskeyword = is_keyword + + if exists('s:current_syntax') + let b:current_syntax=s:current_syntax + else + unlet b:current_syntax + endif + + " Fix issue #236: tell Vimwiki to think in maths when encountering maths + " blocks like {{$ }}$. Here, we don't want the tex highlight group, but the + " group for tex math. + if a:textSnipHl ==# 'VimwikiMath' + let group='texMathZoneGroup' + endif + + let concealpre = vimwiki#vars#get_global('conceal_pre') ? ' concealends' : '' + execute 'syntax region textSnip'.ft. + \ ' matchgroup='.a:textSnipHl. + \ ' start="'.a:start.'" end="'.a:end.'"'. + \ ' contains=@'.group.' keepend'.concealpre + + " A workaround to Issue 115: Nested Perl syntax highlighting differs from + " regular one. + " Perl syntax file has perlFunctionName which is usually has no effect due to + " 'contained' flag. Now we have 'syntax include' that makes all the groups + " included as 'contained' into specific group. + " Here perlFunctionName (with quite an angry regexp "\h\w*[^:]") clashes with + " the rest syntax rules as now it has effect being really 'contained'. + " Clear it! + if ft =~? 'perl' + syntax clear perlFunctionName + endif +endfunction + + +" creates or updates auto-generated listings in a wiki file, like TOC, diary +" links, tags list etc. +" - the listing consists of a header and a list of strings provided by a funcref +" - a:content_regex is used to determine how long a potentially existing list is +" - a:default_lnum is the line number where the new listing should be placed if +" it's not already present +" - if a:create is true, it will be created if it doesn't exist, otherwise it +" will only be updated if it already exists +function! vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer(Generator, start_header, + \ content_regex, default_lnum, header_level, create) abort + " Vim behaves strangely when files change while in diff mode + if &diff || &readonly + return + endif + + " check if the listing is already there + let already_there = 0 + + let header_level = 'rxH' . a:header_level . '_Template' + let header_rx = '\m^\s*'.substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(header_level), + \ '__Header__', a:start_header, '') .'\s*$' + + let start_lnum = 1 + while start_lnum <= line('$') + if getline(start_lnum) =~# header_rx + let already_there = 1 + break + endif + let start_lnum += 1 + endwhile + + if !already_there && !a:create + return + endif + + let winview_save = winsaveview() + let cursor_line = winview_save.lnum + let is_cursor_after_listing = 0 + + let is_fold_closed = 1 + + let lines_diff = 0 + + if already_there + let is_fold_closed = ( foldclosed(start_lnum) > -1 ) + " delete the old listing + let whitespaces_in_first_line = matchstr(getline(start_lnum), '\m^\s*') + let end_lnum = start_lnum + 1 + while end_lnum <= line('$') && getline(end_lnum) =~# a:content_regex + let end_lnum += 1 + endwhile + let is_cursor_after_listing = ( cursor_line >= end_lnum ) + " We'll be removing a range. But, apparently, if folds are enabled, Vim + " won't let you remove a range that overlaps with closed fold -- the entire + " fold gets deleted. So we temporarily disable folds, and then reenable + " them right back. + let foldenable_save = &l:foldenable + setlocal nofoldenable + silent exe 'keepjumps ' . start_lnum.','.string(end_lnum - 1).'delete _' + let &l:foldenable = foldenable_save + let lines_diff = 0 - (end_lnum - start_lnum) + else + let start_lnum = a:default_lnum + let is_cursor_after_listing = ( cursor_line > a:default_lnum ) + let whitespaces_in_first_line = '' + " append newline if not replacing first line + if start_lnum > 1 + keepjumps call append(start_lnum -1, '') + let start_lnum += 1 + endif + endif + + let start_of_listing = start_lnum + + " write new listing + let new_header = whitespaces_in_first_line + \ . s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(header_level), + \ '__Header__', a:start_header, '') + keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, new_header) + let start_lnum += 1 + let lines_diff += 1 + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + for _ in range(vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_header_style')) + keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, '') + let start_lnum += 1 + let lines_diff += 1 + endfor + endif + for string in a:Generator.f() + keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, string) + let start_lnum += 1 + let lines_diff += 1 + endfor + + " remove empty line if end of file, otherwise append if needed + if start_lnum == line('$') + silent exe 'keepjumps ' . start_lnum.'delete _' + elseif start_lnum < line('$') && getline(start_lnum) !~# '\m^\s*$' + keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, '') + let lines_diff += 1 + endif + + " Open fold, if needed + if !is_fold_closed && ( foldclosed(start_of_listing) > -1 ) + exe start_of_listing + norm! zo + endif + + if is_cursor_after_listing + let winview_save.lnum += lines_diff + endif + call winrestview(winview_save) +endfunction + +function! vimwiki#base#find_next_task() abort + let taskRegex = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItemWithoutCB') + \ . '\+\(\[ \]\s\+\)\zs' + call vimwiki#base#search_word(taskRegex, '') +endfunction + +function! vimwiki#base#find_next_link() abort + call vimwiki#base#search_word(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxAnyLink'), '') +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#find_prev_link() abort + "Jump 2 times if the cursor is in the middle of a link + if synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 0), 'name') =~# 'VimwikiLink.*' && + \ synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.')-1, 0), 'name') =~# 'VimwikiLink.*' + call vimwiki#base#search_word(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxAnyLink'), 'b') + endif + call vimwiki#base#search_word(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxAnyLink'), 'b') +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#follow_link(split, ...) abort + let reuse_other_split_window = a:0 >= 1 ? a:1 : 0 + let move_cursor_to_new_window = a:0 >= 2 ? a:2 : 1 + + " Parse link at cursor and pass to VimwikiLinkHandler, or failing that, the + " default open_link handler + + " try WikiLink + let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink')), + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl')) + " try WikiIncl + if lnk ==? '' + let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl')), + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclMatchUrl')) + endif + " try Weblink + if lnk ==? '' + let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink')), + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl')) + endif + + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + " markdown image ![]() + if lnk ==# '' + let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxImage')), + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl')) + if lnk !=# '' + if lnk !~# '\%(\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_global('web_schemes1').'\):\%(\/\/\)\?\)\S\{-1,}' + " prepend file: scheme so link is opened by sytem handler if it isn't a web url + let lnk = 'file:'.lnk + endif + endif + endif + endif + + if lnk !=? '' " cursor is indeed on a link + let processed_by_user_defined_handler = VimwikiLinkHandler(lnk) + if processed_by_user_defined_handler + return + endif + + if a:split ==# 'hsplit' + let cmd = ':split ' + elseif a:split ==# 'vsplit' + let cmd = ':vsplit ' + elseif a:split ==# 'tab' + let cmd = ':tabnew ' + else + let cmd = ':e ' + endif + + " if we want to and can reuse a split window, jump to that window and open + " the new file there + if (a:split ==# 'hsplit' || a:split ==# 'vsplit') && reuse_other_split_window + let previous_window_nr = winnr('#') + if previous_window_nr > 0 && previous_window_nr != winnr() + execute previous_window_nr . 'wincmd w' + let cmd = ':e' + endif + endif + + + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + let processed_by_markdown_reflink = vimwiki#markdown_base#open_reflink(lnk) + if processed_by_markdown_reflink + return + endif + + " remove the extension from the filename if exists, because non-vimwiki + " markdown files usually include the extension in links + let lnk = substitute(lnk, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') + endif + + let current_tab_page = tabpagenr() + + call vimwiki#base#open_link(cmd, lnk) + + if !move_cursor_to_new_window + if (a:split ==# 'hsplit' || a:split ==# 'vsplit') + execute 'wincmd p' + elseif a:split ==# 'tab' + execute 'tabnext ' . current_tab_page + endif + endif + + else " cursor is not on a link + if a:0 >= 3 + execute 'normal! '.a:3 + elseif vimwiki#vars#get_global('create_link') + call vimwiki#base#normalize_link(0) + endif + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#go_back_link() abort + " try pop previous link from buffer list + let prev_links = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links') + if !empty(prev_links) + let prev_link = remove(prev_links, 0) + call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('prev_links', prev_links) + else + let prev_link = [] + endif + + if !empty(prev_link) + " go back to saved wiki link + call vimwiki#base#edit_file(':e ', prev_link[0], '') + call setpos('.', prev_link[1]) + else + " maybe we came here by jumping to a tag -> pop from the tag stack + silent! pop! + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#goto_index(wnum, ...) abort + + " if wnum = 0 the current wiki is used + if a:wnum == 0 + let idx = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + if idx < 0 " not in a wiki + let idx = 0 + endif + else + let idx = a:wnum - 1 " convert to 0 based counting + endif + + if a:wnum > vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Wiki '.a:wnum.' is not registered in your Vimwiki settings!' + return + endif + + if a:0 + if a:1 == 1 + let cmd = 'tabedit' + elseif a:1 == 2 + let cmd = 'split' + elseif a:1 == 3 + let cmd = 'vsplit' + endif + else + let cmd = 'edit' + endif + + let index_file = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx). + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('index', idx). + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', idx) + + call vimwiki#base#edit_file(cmd, index_file, '') +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#delete_link() abort + " Delete wiki file you are in from filesystem + let val = input('Delete "'.expand('%').'" [y]es/[N]o? ') + if val !~? '^y' + return + endif + let fname = expand('%:p') + try + call delete(fname) + catch /.*/ + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot delete "'.expand('%:t:r').'"!' + return + endtry + + call vimwiki#base#go_back_link() + execute 'bdelete! '.escape(fname, ' ') + + " reread buffer => deleted wiki link should appear as non-existent + if expand('%:p') !=? '' + execute 'e' + endif +endfunction + + +" Rename current file, update all links to it +function! vimwiki#base#rename_link() abort + " Get filename relative to wiki root + let subdir = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') + let old_fname = subdir.expand('%:t') + + " Get current path + let old_dir = expand('%:p:h') + + " there is no file (new one maybe) + if glob(expand('%:p')) ==? '' + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename "'.expand('%:p'). + \'". It does not exist! (New file? Save it before renaming.)' + return + endif + + let val = input('Rename "'.expand('%:t:r').'" [y]es/[N]o? ') + if val !~? '^y' + return + endif + + let new_link = input('Enter new name: ') + + if new_link =~# '[/\\]' + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename to a filename with path!' + return + endif + + if substitute(new_link, '\s', '', 'g') ==? '' + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename to an empty filename!' + return + endif + + let url = matchstr(new_link, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl')) + if url !=? '' + let new_link = url + endif + + let new_link = subdir.new_link + let wiki_nr = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + let new_fname = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . new_link . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') + + " do not rename if file with such name exists + let fname = glob(new_fname) + if fname !=? '' + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename to "'.new_fname.'". File with that name exist!' + return + endif + " rename wiki link file + try + echomsg 'Vimwiki: Renaming '.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').old_fname.' to '.new_fname + let res = rename(expand('%:p'), expand(new_fname)) + if res != 0 + throw 'Cannot rename!' + end + catch /.*/ + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename "'.expand('%:t:r').'" to "'.new_fname.'"' + return + endtry + + let &buftype='nofile' + + let cur_buffer = [expand('%:p'), vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links')] + + let blist = s:get_wiki_buffers() + + " save wiki buffers + for bitem in blist + execute ':b '.escape(bitem[0], ' ') + execute ':update' + endfor + + execute ':b '.escape(cur_buffer[0], ' ') + + " remove wiki buffers + for bitem in blist + execute 'bwipeout '.escape(bitem[0], ' ') + endfor + + let setting_more = &more + setlocal nomore + + " update links + call s:update_wiki_links(wiki_nr, old_dir, s:tail_name(old_fname), s:tail_name(new_fname)) + + " restore wiki buffers + for bitem in blist + if !vimwiki#path#is_equal(bitem[0], cur_buffer[0]) + call s:open_wiki_buffer(bitem) + endif + endfor + + call s:open_wiki_buffer([new_fname, cur_buffer[1]]) + " execute 'bwipeout '.escape(cur_buffer[0], ' ') + + echomsg 'Vimwiki: '.old_fname.' is renamed to '.new_fname + + let &more = setting_more +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#ui_select() abort + call s:print_wiki_list() + let idx = input('Select Wiki by number and press (empty cancels): ') + if idx ==# '' + return + elseif idx !~# '\m[0-9]\+' + echo "\n" + echom 'Invalid wiki selection.' + return + endif + call vimwiki#base#goto_index(idx) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#TO_header(inner, including_subheaders, count) abort + let headers = s:collect_headers() + if empty(headers) + return + endif + + let current_line = line('.') + + let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, current_line) + + if current_header_index < 0 + return + endif + + " from which to which header + if !a:including_subheaders && a:count <= 1 + let first_line = headers[current_header_index][0] + let last_line = current_header_index == len(headers)-1 ? line('$') : + \ headers[current_header_index + 1][0] - 1 + else + let first_header_index = current_header_index + for _ in range(a:count - 1) + let parent = s:get_another_header(headers, first_header_index, -1, '<') + if parent < 0 + break + else + let first_header_index = parent + endif + endfor + + let next_sibling_or_higher = s:get_another_header(headers, first_header_index, +1, '<=') + + let first_line = headers[first_header_index][0] + let last_line = + \ next_sibling_or_higher >= 0 ? headers[next_sibling_or_higher][0] - 1 : line('$') + endif + + if a:inner + let first_line += 1 + let last_line = prevnonblank(last_line) + endif + + if first_line > last_line + " this can happen e.g. when doing vih on a header with another header in the very next line + return + endif + + call cursor(first_line, 1) + normal! V + call cursor(last_line, 1) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#TO_table_cell(inner, visual) abort + if col('.') == col('$')-1 + return + endif + + if a:visual + normal! `> + let sel_end = getpos('.') + normal! `< + let sel_start = getpos('.') + + let firsttime = sel_start == sel_end + + if firsttime + if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', 'cb', line('.')) + return + endif + if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' + normal! l + endif + if a:inner + normal! 2l + endif + let sel_start = getpos('.') + endif + + normal! `> + call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) + if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' + normal! l + endif + if a:inner + if firsttime || abs(sel_end[2] - getpos('.')[2]) != 2 + normal! 2h + endif + endif + let sel_end = getpos('.') + + call setpos('.', sel_start) + exe "normal! \" + call setpos('.', sel_end) + + " XXX: WORKAROUND. + " if blockwise selection is ended at | character then pressing j to extend + " selection further fails. But if we shake the cursor left and right then + " it works. + normal! hl + else + if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', 'cb', line('.')) + return + endif + if a:inner + normal! 2l + endif + normal! v + call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) + if !a:inner && getline('.')[virtcol('.')-1] ==# '|' + normal! h + elseif a:inner + normal! 2h + endif + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#TO_table_col(inner, visual) abort + let t_rows = vimwiki#tbl#get_rows(line('.')) + if empty(t_rows) + return + endif + + " TODO: refactor it! + if a:visual + normal! `> + let sel_end = getpos('.') + normal! `< + let sel_start = getpos('.') + + let firsttime = sel_start == sel_end + + if firsttime + " place cursor to the top row of the table + call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[0][0], virtcol('.')) + " do not accept the match at cursor position if cursor is next to column + " separator of the table separator (^ is a cursor): + " |-----^-+-------| + " | bla | bla | + " |-------+-------| + " or it will select wrong column. + if strpart(getline('.'), virtcol('.')-1) =~# '^-+' + let s_flag = 'b' + else + let s_flag = 'cb' + endif + " search the column separator backwards + if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', s_flag, line('.')) + return + endif + " -+- column separator is matched --> move cursor to the + sign + if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' + normal! l + endif + " inner selection --> reduce selection + if a:inner + normal! 2l + endif + let sel_start = getpos('.') + endif + + normal! `> + if !firsttime && getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '|' + normal! l + elseif a:inner && getline('.')[virtcol('.')+1] =~# '[|+]' + normal! 2l + endif + " search for the next column separator + call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) + " Outer selection selects a column without border on the right. So we move + " our cursor left if the previous search finds | border, not -+-. + if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] !=# '+' + normal! h + endif + if a:inner + " reduce selection a bit more if inner. + normal! h + endif + " expand selection to the bottom line of the table + call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[-1][0], virtcol('.')) + let sel_end = getpos('.') + + call setpos('.', sel_start) + exe "normal! \" + call setpos('.', sel_end) + + else + " place cursor to the top row of the table + call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[0][0], virtcol('.')) + " do not accept the match at cursor position if cursor is next to column + " separator of the table separator (^ is a cursor): + " |-----^-+-------| + " | bla | bla | + " |-------+-------| + " or it will select wrong column. + if strpart(getline('.'), virtcol('.')-1) =~# '^-+' + let s_flag = 'b' + else + let s_flag = 'cb' + endif + " search the column separator backwards + if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', s_flag, line('.')) + return + endif + " -+- column separator is matched --> move cursor to the + sign + if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' + normal! l + endif + " inner selection --> reduce selection + if a:inner + normal! 2l + endif + + exe "normal! \" + + " search for the next column separator + call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) + " Outer selection selects a column without border on the right. So we move + " our cursor left if the previous search finds | border, not -+-. + if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] !=# '+' + normal! h + endif + " reduce selection a bit more if inner. + if a:inner + normal! h + endif + " expand selection to the bottom line of the table + call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[-1][0], virtcol('.')) + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#AddHeaderLevel(...) abort + if a:1 > 1 + call vimwiki#base#AddHeaderLevel(a:1 - 1) + endif + let lnum = line('.') + let line = getline(lnum) + let rxHdr = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH') + if line =~# '^\s*$' + return + endif + + if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') + let level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line) + if level < 6 + if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('symH') + let line = substitute(line, '\('.rxHdr.'\+\).\+\1', rxHdr.'&'.rxHdr, '') + else + let line = substitute(line, '\('.rxHdr.'\+\).\+', rxHdr.'&', '') + endif + call setline(lnum, line) + endif + else + let line = substitute(line, '^\s*', '&'.rxHdr.' ', '') + if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('symH') + let line = substitute(line, '\s*$', ' '.rxHdr.'&', '') + endif + call setline(lnum, line) + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#RemoveHeaderLevel(...) abort + if a:1 > 1 + call vimwiki#base#RemoveHeaderLevel(a:1 - 1) + endif + let lnum = line('.') + let line = getline(lnum) + let rxHdr = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH') + if line =~# '^\s*$' + return + endif + + if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') + let level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line) + let old = repeat(rxHdr, level) + let new = repeat(rxHdr, level - 1) + + let chomp = line =~# rxHdr.'\s' + + if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('symH') + let line = substitute(line, old, new, 'g') + else + let line = substitute(line, old, new, '') + endif + + if level == 1 && chomp + let line = substitute(line, '^\s', '', 'g') + let line = substitute(line, '\s$', '', 'g') + endif + + let line = substitute(line, '\s*$', '', '') + + call setline(lnum, line) + endif +endfunction + + + +" Returns all the headers in the current buffer as a list of the form +" [[line_number, header_level, header_text], [...], [...], ...] +function! s:collect_headers() abort + let is_inside_pre_or_math = 0 " 1: inside pre, 2: inside math, 0: outside + let headers = [] + for lnum in range(1, line('$')) + let line_content = getline(lnum) + if (is_inside_pre_or_math == 1 && line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')) || + \ (is_inside_pre_or_math == 2 && line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMathEnd')) + let is_inside_pre_or_math = 0 + continue + endif + if is_inside_pre_or_math > 0 + continue + endif + if line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart') + let is_inside_pre_or_math = 1 + continue + endif + if line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMathStart') + let is_inside_pre_or_math = 2 + continue + endif + if line_content !~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') + continue + endif + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + if stridx(line_content, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH')) > 0 + continue " markdown headers must start in the first column + endif + endif + let header_level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line_content) + let header_text = + \ vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line_content, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader'))) + call add(headers, [lnum, header_level, header_text]) + endfor + + return headers +endfunction + + +function! s:current_header(headers, line_number) abort + if empty(a:headers) + return -1 + endif + + if a:line_number >= a:headers[-1][0] + return len(a:headers) - 1 + endif + + let current_header_index = -1 + while a:headers[current_header_index+1][0] <= a:line_number + let current_header_index += 1 + endwhile + return current_header_index +endfunction + + +function! s:get_another_header(headers, current_index, direction, operation) abort + if empty(a:headers) || a:current_index < 0 + return -1 + endif + let current_level = a:headers[a:current_index][1] + let index = a:current_index + a:direction + + while 1 + if index < 0 || index >= len(a:headers) + return -1 + endif + if eval('a:headers[index][1] ' . a:operation . ' current_level') + return index + endif + let index += a:direction + endwhile +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#goto_parent_header() abort + let headers = s:collect_headers() + let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) + let parent_header = s:get_another_header(headers, current_header_index, -1, '<') + if parent_header >= 0 + call cursor(headers[parent_header][0], 1) + else + echo 'Vimwiki: no parent header found' + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#goto_next_header() abort + let headers = s:collect_headers() + let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) + if current_header_index >= 0 && current_header_index < len(headers) - 1 + call cursor(headers[current_header_index + 1][0], 1) + elseif current_header_index < 0 && !empty(headers) " we're above the first header + call cursor(headers[0][0], 1) + else + echo 'Vimwiki: no next header found' + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#goto_prev_header() abort + let headers = s:collect_headers() + let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) + " if the cursor already was on a header, jump to the previous one + if current_header_index >= 1 && headers[current_header_index][0] == line('.') + let current_header_index -= 1 + endif + if current_header_index >= 0 + call cursor(headers[current_header_index][0], 1) + else + echo 'Vimwiki: no previous header found' + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#goto_sibling(direction) abort + let headers = s:collect_headers() + let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) + let next_potential_sibling = + \ s:get_another_header(headers, current_header_index, a:direction, '<=') + if next_potential_sibling >= 0 && headers[next_potential_sibling][1] == + \ headers[current_header_index][1] + call cursor(headers[next_potential_sibling][0], 1) + else + echo 'Vimwiki: no sibling header found' + endif +endfunction + + +" a:create == 1: creates or updates TOC in current file +" a:create == 0: update if TOC exists +function! vimwiki#base#table_of_contents(create) abort + let headers = s:collect_headers() + let toc_header_text = vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_header') + + if !a:create + " Do nothing if there is no TOC to update. (This is a small performance optimization -- if + " auto_toc == 1, but the current buffer has no TOC but is long, saving the buffer could + " otherwise take a few seconds for nothing.) + let toc_already_present = 0 + for entry in headers + if entry[2] ==# toc_header_text + let toc_already_present = 1 + break + endif + endfor + if !toc_already_present + return + endif + endif + + " use a dictionary function for closure like capability + " copy all local variables into dict (add a: if arguments are needed) + let GeneratorTOC = copy(l:) + function! GeneratorTOC.f() abort + let numbering = vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering') + let headers_levels = [['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0]] + let complete_header_infos = [] + for header in self.headers + let h_text = header[2] + let h_level = header[1] + " don't include the TOC's header itself + if h_text ==# self.toc_header_text + continue + endif + let headers_levels[h_level-1] = [h_text, headers_levels[h_level-1][1]+1] + for idx in range(h_level, 5) | let headers_levels[idx] = ['', 0] | endfor + + let h_complete_id = '' + if vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_link_format') == 0 + for l in range(h_level-1) + if headers_levels[l][0] !=? '' + let h_complete_id .= headers_levels[l][0].'#' + endif + endfor + endif + let h_complete_id .= headers_levels[h_level-1][0] + + call add(complete_header_infos, [h_level, h_complete_id, h_text]) + endfor + + let lines = [] + let startindent = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()) + let indentstring = repeat(' ', vimwiki#u#sw()) + let bullet = vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' ' + for [lvl, link, desc] in complete_header_infos + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink2Template') + elseif vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_link_format') == 0 + let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2') + else + let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') + endif + let link = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', + \ '#'.link, '') + let link = s:safesubstitute(link, '__LinkDescription__', desc, '') + call add(lines, startindent.repeat(indentstring, lvl-1).bullet.link) + endfor + + return lines + endfunction + + let links_rx = '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)' + + call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer( + \ GeneratorTOC, + \ toc_header_text, + \ links_rx, + \ 1, + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_header_level'), + \ a:create) +endfunction + + +" Construct a regular expression matching from template (with special +" characters properly escaped), by substituting rxUrl for __LinkUrl__, rxDesc +" for __LinkDescription__, and rxStyle for __LinkStyle__. The three +" arguments rxUrl, rxDesc, and rxStyle are copied verbatim, without any +" special character escapes or substitutions. +function! vimwiki#base#apply_template(template, rxUrl, rxDesc, rxStyle) abort + let lnk = a:template + if a:rxUrl !=? '' + let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkUrl__', a:rxUrl, 'g') + endif + if a:rxDesc !=? '' + let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkDescription__', a:rxDesc, 'g') + endif + if a:rxStyle !=? '' + let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkStyle__', a:rxStyle, 'g') + endif + return lnk +endfunction + + +function! s:clean_url(url) abort + " don't use an extension as part of the description + let url = substitute(a:url, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') + " remove protocol and tld + let url = substitute(url, '^\a\+\d*:', '', '') + " remove absolute path prefix + let url = substitute(url, '^//', '', '') + let url = substitute(url, '^\([^/]\+\)\.\a\{2,4}/', '\1/', '') + let url_l = split(url, '/\|=\|-\|&\|?\|\.') + " case only a '-' + if url_l == [] + return '' + endif + let url_l = filter(url_l, 'v:val !=# ""') + if url_l[0] ==# 'www' + let url_l = url_l[1:] + endif + if url_l[-1] =~# '^\(htm\|html\|php\)$' + let url_l = url_l[0:-2] + endif + " remove words with black listed codepoints + " TODO mutualize blacklist in a variable + let url_l = filter(url_l, 'v:val !~? "[!\"$%&''()*+,:;<=>?\[\]\\^`{}]"') + " remove words consisting of only hexadecimal digits + let url_l = filter(url_l, 'v:val !~? "^\\x\\{4,}$" || v:val !~? "\\d"') + return join(url_l, ' ') +endfunction + +" An optional second argument allows you to pass in a list of diary files rather +" than generating a list on each call to the function. +function! vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(filename, ...) abort + let l:diary_file_paths = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files() + let l:normalised_file_paths = + \ map(l:diary_file_paths, 'vimwiki#path#normalize(v:val)') + let l:matching_files = + \ filter(l:normalised_file_paths, 'v:val =~# a:filename') + return len(l:matching_files) > 0 " filename is a diary file if match is found +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(str, rxUrl, rxDesc, template) abort + let url = matchstr(a:str, a:rxUrl) + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' && vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_link_ext') + " strip the extension if it exists so it doesn't get added multiple times + let url = substitute(url, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') + endif + let descr = matchstr(a:str, a:rxDesc) + " Try to clean, do not work if bad link + if descr ==# '' + let descr = s:clean_url(url) + if descr ==# '' | return url | endif + endif + let lnk = s:safesubstitute(a:template, '__LinkDescription__', descr, '') + let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkUrl__', url, '') + return lnk +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#normalize_imagelink_helper(str, rxUrl, rxDesc, rxStyle, template) abort + let lnk = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(a:str, a:rxUrl, a:rxDesc, a:template) + let style = matchstr(a:str, a:rxStyle) + let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkStyle__', style, '') + return lnk +endfunction + +function! vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(lnk) abort + let sc = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('links_space_char') + let link = a:lnk . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') + let link_wiki = substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . '/' . link, '\s', sc, 'g') + let link_diary = substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . '/' + \ . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') . '/' . link, '\s', sc, 'g') + let link_exists_in_diary = filereadable(link_diary) + let link_exists_in_wiki = filereadable(link_wiki) + let link_is_date = a:lnk =~# '\d\d\d\d-\d\d-\d\d' + + if link_is_date + let str = a:lnk + let rxUrl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord') + let rxDesc = '\d\d\d\d-\d\d-\d\d' + let template = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') + elseif link_exists_in_wiki + let depth = len(split(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path'), '/')) + let str = repeat('../', depth) . a:lnk + let rxUrl = '.*' + let rxDesc = '[^/]*$' + let template = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2') + else + let str = a:lnk + let rxUrl = '.*' + let rxDesc = '' + let template = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') + endif + + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==? 'markdown' + let template = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template') + endif + + return vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(str, rxUrl, rxDesc, template) +endfunction + + +function! s:normalize_link_syntax_n() abort + + " try WikiLink + let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink')) + if !empty(lnk) + let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk, + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl'), + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr'), + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2')) + call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink'), sub) + return + endif + + " try WikiIncl + let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl')) + if !empty(lnk) + " NO-OP !! + return + endif + + " try Weblink + let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink')) + if !empty(lnk) + let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk, + \ lnk, '', vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2')) + call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'), sub) + return + endif + + " try Word (any characters except separators) + " rxWord is less permissive than rxWikiLinkUrl which is used in + " normalize_link_syntax_v + let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord')) + if !empty(lnk) + if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p')) + let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(lnk) + else + let sub = s:safesubstitute( + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1'), '__LinkUrl__', lnk, '') + endif + call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor('\V'.lnk, sub) + return + endif + +endfunction + + +function! s:normalize_link_syntax_v() abort + let sel_save = &selection + let &selection = 'old' + let default_register_save = @" + let registertype_save = getregtype('"') + + try + " Save selected text to register " + normal! gv""y + + " Set substitution + if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p')) + let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(@") + else + let sub = s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1'), + \ '__LinkUrl__', @", '') + endif + + " Put substitution in register " and change text + let sc = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('links_space_char') + call setreg('"', substitute(substitute(sub, '\n', '', ''), '\s', sc, 'g'), visualmode()) + normal! `>""pgvd + finally + call setreg('"', default_register_save, registertype_save) + let &selection = sel_save + endtry +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#normalize_link(is_visual_mode) abort + if exists('*vimwiki#'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax').'_base#normalize_link') + " Syntax-specific links + call vimwiki#{vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax')}_base#normalize_link(a:is_visual_mode) + else + if !a:is_visual_mode + call s:normalize_link_syntax_n() + elseif line("'<") == line("'>") + " action undefined for multi-line visual mode selections + call s:normalize_link_syntax_v() + endif + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#detect_nested_syntax() abort + let last_word = '\v.*<(\w+)\s*$' + let lines = map(filter(getline(1, '$'), 'v:val =~# "\\%({{{\\|`\\{3,\}\\|\\~\\{3,\}\\)" && v:val =~# last_word'), + \ 'substitute(v:val, last_word, "\\=submatch(1)", "")') + let dict = {} + for elem in lines + let dict[elem] = elem + endfor + return dict +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#complete_links_escaped(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos) abort abort + return vimwiki#base#get_globlinks_escaped(a:ArgLead) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#base#read_caption(file) abort + let rx_header = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') + + if filereadable(a:file) + for line in readfile(a:file, '', g:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption) + if line =~# rx_header + return vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, rx_header)) + endif + endfor + endif + + return '' +endfunction + + +" For commands VimwikiSearch and VWS +function! vimwiki#base#search(search_pattern) abort + if empty(a:search_pattern) + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: No search pattern given.' + return + endif + + let pattern = a:search_pattern + + " If the pattern does not start with a '/', then we'll assume that a + " literal search is intended and enclose and escape it: + if match(pattern, '^/') == -1 + let pattern = '/'.escape(pattern, '\').'/' + endif + + let path = fnameescape(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path')) + let ext = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') + let cmd = 'lvimgrep '.pattern.' '.path.'**/*'.ext + + " Catch E480 error from lvimgrep if there's no match and present + " a friendlier error message. + try + execute cmd + catch + echomsg 'VimwikiSearch: No match found.' + endtry +endfunction + +function! vimwiki#base#deprecate(old, new) abort + echohl WarningMsg + echo a:old 'is deprecated and will be removed in future versions, use' a:new 'instead.' + echohl None +endfunction + +" ------------------------------------------------------------------------- +" Load syntax-specific Wiki functionality +for s:syn in s:vimwiki_get_known_syntaxes() + execute 'runtime! autoload/vimwiki/'.s:syn.'_base.vim' +endfor +" ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4818d02 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# +# This script converts markdown into html, to be used with vimwiki's +# "customwiki2html" option. Experiment with the two proposed methods by +# commenting / uncommenting the relevant lines below. +# +# NEW! An alternative converter was developed by Jason6Anderson, and can +# be located at https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues/384 +# +# +# To use this script, you must have the Discount converter installed. +# +# http://www.pell.portland.or.us/~orc/Code/discount/ +# +# To verify your installation, check that the commands markdown and mkd2text, +# are on your path. +# +# Also verify that this file is executable. +# +# Then, in your .vimrc file, set: +# +# g:vimwiki_customwiki2html=$HOME.'/.vim/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh' +# +# On your next restart, Vimwiki will run this script instead of using the +# internal wiki2html converter. +# + +MARKDOWN=markdown +MKD2HTML=mkd2html + + +FORCE="$1" +SYNTAX="$2" +EXTENSION="$3" +OUTPUTDIR="$4" +INPUT="$5" +CSSFILE="$6" + +FORCEFLAG= + +[ $FORCE -eq 0 ] || { FORCEFLAG="-f"; }; +[ $SYNTAX = "markdown" ] || { echo "Error: Unsupported syntax"; exit -2; }; + +OUTPUT="$OUTPUTDIR"/$(basename "$INPUT" .$EXTENSION).html + +# # Method 1: +# # markdown [-d] [-T] [-V] [-b url-base] [-C prefix] [-F bitmap] [-f flags] [-o file] [-s text] [-t text] [textfile] +# +# URLBASE=http://example.com +# $MARKDOWN -T -b $URLBASE -o $OUTPUT $INPUT + + +# Method 2: +# mkd2html [-css file] [-header string] [-footer string] [file] + +$MKD2HTML -css "$CSSFILE" "$INPUT" +OUTPUTTMP=$(dirname "$INPUT")/$(basename "$INPUT" ."$EXTENSION").html +mv -f "$OUTPUTTMP" "$OUTPUT" + + + diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/default.tpl b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/default.tpl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35371d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/default.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + + +%title% + + + + +%content% + + diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/diary.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/diary.vim new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46d14ce --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/diary.vim @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99 +" Vimwiki autoload plugin file +" Description: Handle diary notes +" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/ + + +if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_diary_auto') || &compatible + finish +endif +let g:loaded_vimwiki_diary_auto = 1 + + +function! s:prefix_zero(num) abort + if a:num < 10 + return '0'.a:num + endif + return a:num +endfunction + + +function! s:diary_path(...) abort + let idx = a:0 == 0 ? vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') : a:1 + return vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx).vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path', idx) +endfunction + + +function! s:diary_index(...) abort + let idx = a:0 == 0 ? vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') : a:1 + return s:diary_path(idx).vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_index', idx). + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', idx) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link(...) abort + if a:0 + return strftime('%Y-%m-%d', a:1) + else + return strftime('%Y-%m-%d') + endif +endfunction + + +function! s:get_position_links(link) abort + let idx = -1 + let links = [] + if a:link =~# '^\d\{4}-\d\d-\d\d' + let links = map(vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files(), 'fnamemodify(v:val, ":t:r")') + " include 'today' into links + if index(links, vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link()) == -1 + call add(links, vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link()) + endif + call sort(links) + let idx = index(links, a:link) + endif + return [idx, links] +endfunction + + +function! s:get_month_name(month) abort + return vimwiki#vars#get_global('diary_months')[str2nr(a:month)] +endfunction + +function! s:get_first_header(fl) abort + " Get the first header in the file within the first s:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption lines. + let header_rx = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') + + for line in readfile(a:fl, '', g:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption) + if line =~# header_rx + return vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, header_rx)) + endif + endfor + return '' +endfunction + +function! s:get_all_headers(fl, maxlevel) abort + " Get a list of all headers in a file up to a given level. + " Returns a list whose elements are pairs [level, title] + let headers_rx = {} + for i in range(1, a:maxlevel) + let headers_rx[i] = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH'.i.'_Text') + endfor + + let headers = [] + for line in readfile(a:fl, '') + for [i, header_rx] in items(headers_rx) + if line =~# header_rx + call add(headers, [i, vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, header_rx))]) + break + endif + endfor + endfor + return headers +endfunction + +function! s:count_headers_level_less_equal(headers, maxlevel) abort + " Count headers with level <= maxlevel in a list of [level, title] pairs. + let l:count = 0 + for [header_level, _] in a:headers + if header_level <= a:maxlevel + let l:count += 1 + endif + endfor + return l:count +endfunction + +function! s:get_min_header_level(headers) abort + " The minimum level of any header in a list of [level, title] pairs. + if len(a:headers) == 0 + return 0 + endif + let minlevel = a:headers[0][0] + for [level, _] in a:headers + let minlevel = min([minlevel, level]) + endfor + return minlevel +endfunction + + +function! s:read_captions(files) abort + let result = {} + let caption_level = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_caption_level') + + for fl in a:files + " remove paths and extensions + let fl_captions = {} + + " Default; no captions from the file. + let fl_captions['top'] = '' + let fl_captions['rest'] = [] + + if caption_level >= 0 && filereadable(fl) + if caption_level == 0 + " Take first header of any level as the top caption. + let fl_captions['top'] = s:get_first_header(fl) + else + let headers = s:get_all_headers(fl, caption_level) + if len(headers) > 0 + " If first header is the only one at its level or less, then make it the top caption. + let [first_level, first_header] = headers[0] + if s:count_headers_level_less_equal(headers, first_level) == 1 + let fl_captions['top'] = first_header + call remove(headers, 0) + endif + + let min_header_level = s:get_min_header_level(headers) + for [level, header] in headers + call add(fl_captions['rest'], [level - min_header_level, header]) + endfor + endif + endif + endif + + let fl_key = substitute(fnamemodify(fl, ':t'), vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') + let result[fl_key] = fl_captions + endfor + return result +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files() abort + let rx = '^\d\{4}-\d\d-\d\d' + let s_files = glob(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'). + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path').'*'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')) + let files = split(s_files, '\n') + call filter(files, 'fnamemodify(v:val, ":t") =~# "'.escape(rx, '\').'"') + + " remove backup files (.wiki~) + call filter(files, 'v:val !~# ''.*\~$''') + + return files +endfunction + + +function! s:group_links(links) abort + let result = {} + let p_year = 0 + let p_month = 0 + for fl in sort(keys(a:links)) + let year = strpart(fl, 0, 4) + let month = strpart(fl, 5, 2) + if p_year != year + let result[year] = {} + let p_month = 0 + endif + if p_month != month + let result[year][month] = {} + endif + let result[year][month][fl] = a:links[fl] + let p_year = year + let p_month = month + endfor + return result +endfunction + + +function! s:sort(lst) abort + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_sort') ==? 'desc' + return reverse(sort(a:lst)) + else + return sort(a:lst) + endif +endfunction + +" The given wiki number a:wnum is 1 for the first wiki, 2 for the second and so on. This is in +" contrast to most other places, where counting starts with 0. When a:wnum is 0, the current wiki +" is used. +function! vimwiki#diary#make_note(wnum, ...) abort + if a:wnum == 0 + let wiki_nr = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + if wiki_nr < 0 " this happens when e.g. VimwikiMakeDiaryNote was called outside a wiki buffer + let wiki_nr = 0 + endif + else + let wiki_nr = a:wnum - 1 + endif + + if wiki_nr >= vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Wiki '.wiki_nr.' is not registered in g:vimwiki_list!' + return + endif + + call vimwiki#path#mkdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', wiki_nr). + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path', wiki_nr)) + + let cmd = 'edit' + if a:0 + if a:1 == 1 + let cmd = 'tabedit' + elseif a:1 == 2 + let cmd = 'split' + elseif a:1 == 3 + let cmd = 'vsplit' + endif + endif + if a:0>1 + let link = 'diary:'.a:2 + else + let link = 'diary:'.vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link() + endif + + call vimwiki#base#open_link(cmd, link, s:diary_index(wiki_nr)) +endfunction + +function! vimwiki#diary#goto_diary_index(wnum) abort + + " if wnum = 0 the current wiki is used + if a:wnum == 0 + let idx = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') + if idx < 0 " not in a wiki + let idx = 0 + endif + else + let idx = a:wnum - 1 " convert to 0 based counting + endif + + if a:wnum > vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Wiki '.a:wnum.' is not registered in g:vimwiki_list!' + return + endif + + call vimwiki#base#edit_file('e', s:diary_index(idx), '') + + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('auto_diary_index') + call vimwiki#diary#generate_diary_section() + write! " save changes + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#diary#goto_next_day() abort + let link = '' + let [idx, links] = s:get_position_links(expand('%:t:r')) + + if idx == (len(links) - 1) + return + endif + + if idx != -1 && idx < len(links) - 1 + let link = 'diary:'.links[idx+1] + else + " goto today + let link = 'diary:'.vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link() + endif + + if len(link) + call vimwiki#base#open_link(':e ', link) + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#diary#goto_prev_day() abort + let link = '' + let [idx, links] = s:get_position_links(expand('%:t:r')) + + if idx == 0 + return + endif + + if idx > 0 + let link = 'diary:'.links[idx-1] + else + " goto today + let link = 'diary:'.vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link() + endif + + if len(link) + call vimwiki#base#open_link(':e ', link) + endif +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#diary#generate_diary_section() abort + + let GeneratorDiary = copy(l:) + function! GeneratorDiary.f() abort + let lines = [] + + let links_with_captions = s:read_captions(vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files()) + let g_files = s:group_links(links_with_captions) + let g_keys = s:sort(keys(g_files)) + + for year in g_keys + if len(lines) > 0 + call add(lines, '') + endif + + call add(lines, substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH2_Template'), '__Header__', year , '')) + + for month in s:sort(keys(g_files[year])) + call add(lines, '') + call add(lines, substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH3_Template'), + \ '__Header__', s:get_month_name(month), '')) + + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + for _ in range(vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_header_style')) + call add(lines, '') + endfor + endif + + for [fl, captions] in s:sort(items(g_files[year][month])) + let topcap = captions['top'] + let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2') + + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' + let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template') + + if empty(topcap) " When using markdown syntax, we should ensure we always have a link description. + let topcap = fl + endif + endif + + if empty(topcap) + let top_link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') + else + let top_link_tpl = link_tpl + endif + + let bullet = vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' ' + let entry = substitute(top_link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', fl, '') + let entry = substitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', topcap, '') + " If single H1 then that will be used as the description for the link to the file + " if multple H1 then the filename will be used as the description for the link to the + " file and multiple H1 headers will be indented by shiftwidth + call add(lines, repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()).bullet.entry) + + let startindent = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()) + let indentstring = repeat(' ', vimwiki#u#sw()) + + for [depth, subcap] in captions['rest'] + if empty(subcap) + continue + endif + let entry = substitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', fl.'#'.subcap, '') + let entry = substitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', subcap, '') + " if single H1 then depth H2=0, H3=1, H4=2, H5=3, H6=4 + " if multiple H1 then depth H1= 0, H2=1, H3=2, H4=3, H5=4, H6=5 + " indent subsequent headers levels by shiftwidth + call add(lines, startindent.repeat(indentstring, depth+1).bullet.entry) + endfor + endfor + + endfor + endfor + + return lines + endfunction + + let current_file = vimwiki#path#path_norm(expand('%:p')) + let diary_file = vimwiki#path#path_norm(s:diary_index()) + if vimwiki#path#is_equal(current_file, diary_file) + let content_rx = '^\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader').'\)\|'. + \ '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)' + + call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer( + \ GeneratorDiary, + \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_header'), + \ content_rx, + \ 1, + \ 1, + \ 1) + else + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: You can generate diary links only in a diary index page!' + endif +endfunction + + +" Callback function for Calendar.vim +function! vimwiki#diary#calendar_action(day, month, year, week, dir) abort + let day = s:prefix_zero(a:day) + let month = s:prefix_zero(a:month) + + let link = a:year.'-'.month.'-'.day + if winnr('#') == 0 + if a:dir ==? 'V' + vsplit + else + split + endif + else + wincmd p + if !&hidden && &modified + new + endif + endif + + call vimwiki#diary#make_note(0, 0, link) +endfunction + + +function! vimwiki#diary#calendar_sign(day, month, year) abort + let day = s:prefix_zero(a:day) + let month = s:prefix_zero(a:month) + let sfile = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path'). + \ a:year.'-'.month.'-'.day.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') + return filereadable(expand(sfile)) +endfunction diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/html.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/html.vim new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0da3d81 --- /dev/null +++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/html.vim @@ -0,0 +1,1744 @@ +" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99 +" Vimwiki autoload plugin file +" Description: HTML export +" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/ + + +if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_html_auto') || &compatible + finish +endif +let g:loaded_vimwiki_html_auto = 1 + + +function! s:root_path(subdir) abort + return repeat('../', len(split(a:subdir, '[/\\]'))) +endfunction + + +function! s:syntax_supported() abort + return vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==? 'default' +endfunction + + +function! s:remove_blank_lines(lines) abort + while !empty(a:lines) && a:lines[-1] =~# '^\s*$' + call remove(a:lines, -1) + endwhile +endfunction + + +function! s:is_web_link(lnk) abort + if a:lnk =~# '^\%(https://\|http://\|www.\|ftp://\|file://\|mailto:\)' + return 1 + endif + return 0 +endfunction + + +function! s:is_img_link(lnk) abort + if tolower(a:lnk) =~# '\.\%(png\|jpg\|gif\|jpeg\)$' + return 1 + endif + return 0 +endfunction + + +function! s:has_abs_path(fname) abort + if a:fname =~# '\(^.:\)\|\(^/\)' + return 1 + endif + return 0 +endfunction + + +function! s:find_autoload_file(name) abort + for path in split(&runtimepath, ',') + let fname = path.'/autoload/vimwiki/'.a:name + if glob(fname) !=? '' + return fname + endif + endfor + return '' +endfunction + + +function! s:default_CSS_full_name(path) abort + let path = expand(a:path) + let css_full_name = path . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('css_name') + return css_full_name +endfunction + + +function! s:create_default_CSS(path) abort + let css_full_name = s:default_CSS_full_name(a:path) + if glob(css_full_name) ==? '' + call vimwiki#path#mkdir(fnamemodify(css_full_name, ':p:h')) + let default_css = s:find_autoload_file('style.css') + if default_css !=? '' + let lines = readfile(default_css) + call writefile(lines, css_full_name) + return 1 + endif + endif + return 0 +endfunction + + +function! s:template_full_name(name) abort + if a:name ==? '' + let name = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_default') + else + let name = a:name + endif + + let fname = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_path'). + \ name . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_ext')) + + if filereadable(fname) + return fname + else + return '' + endif +endfunction + + +function! s:get_html_template(template) abort + " TODO: refactor it!!! + let lines=[] + + if a:template !=? '' + let template_name = s:template_full_name(a:template) + try + let lines = readfile(template_name) + return lines + catch /E484/ + echomsg 'Vimwiki: HTML template '.template_name. ' does not exist!' + endtry + endif + + let default_tpl = s:template_full_name('') + + if default_tpl ==? '' + let default_tpl = s:find_autoload_file('default.tpl') + endif + + let lines = readfile(default_tpl) + return lines +endfunction + + +function! s:safe_html_preformatted(line) abort + let line = substitute(a:line,'<','\<', 'g') + let line = substitute(line,'>','\>', 'g') + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:escape_html_attribute(string) abort + return substitute(a:string, '"', '\"', 'g') +endfunction + + +function! s:safe_html_line(line) abort + " escape & < > when producing HTML text + " s:lt_pattern, s:gt_pattern depend on g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags + " and are set in vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML() + let line = substitute(a:line, '&', '\&', 'g') + let line = substitute(line,s:lt_pattern,'\<', 'g') + let line = substitute(line,s:gt_pattern,'\>', 'g') + + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:delete_html_files(path) abort + let htmlfiles = split(glob(a:path.'**/*.html'), '\n') + for fname in htmlfiles + " ignore user html files, e.g. search.html,404.html + if stridx(vimwiki#vars#get_global('user_htmls'), fnamemodify(fname, ':t')) >= 0 + continue + endif + + " delete if there is no corresponding wiki file + let subdir = vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html'), fname) + let wikifile = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').subdir. + \fnamemodify(fname, ':t:r').vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') + if filereadable(wikifile) + continue + endif + + try + call delete(fname) + catch + echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot delete '.fname + endtry + endfor +endfunction + + +function! s:mid(value, cnt) abort + return strpart(a:value, a:cnt, len(a:value) - 2 * a:cnt) +endfunction + + +function! s:subst_func(line, regexp, func, ...) abort + " Substitute text found by regexp with result of + " func(matched) function. + + let pos = 0 + let lines = split(a:line, a:regexp, 1) + let res_line = '' + for line in lines + let res_line = res_line.line + let matched = matchstr(a:line, a:regexp, pos) + if matched !=? '' + if a:0 + let res_line = res_line.{a:func}(matched, a:1) + else + let res_line = res_line.{a:func}(matched) + endif + endif + let pos = matchend(a:line, a:regexp, pos) + endfor + return res_line +endfunction + + +function! s:process_date(placeholders, default_date) abort + if !empty(a:placeholders) + for [placeholder, row, idx] in a:placeholders + let [type, param] = placeholder + if type ==# 'date' && !empty(param) + return param + endif + endfor + endif + return a:default_date +endfunction + + +function! s:process_title(placeholders, default_title) abort + if !empty(a:placeholders) + for [placeholder, row, idx] in a:placeholders + let [type, param] = placeholder + if type ==# 'title' && !empty(param) + return param + endif + endfor + endif + return a:default_title +endfunction + + +function! s:is_html_uptodate(wikifile) abort + let tpl_time = -1 + + let tpl_file = s:template_full_name('') + if tpl_file !=? '' + let tpl_time = getftime(tpl_file) + endif + + let wikifile = fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':p') + + if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('html_filename_parameterization') + let parameterized_wikiname = s:parameterized_wikiname(wikifile) + let htmlfile = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html') . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') . parameterized_wikiname) + else + let htmlfile = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html') . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') . fnamemodify(wikifile, ':t:r').'.html') + endif + + if getftime(wikifile) <= getftime(htmlfile) && tpl_time <= getftime(htmlfile) + return 1 + endif + return 0 +endfunction + +function! s:parameterized_wikiname(wikifile) abort + let initial = fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':t:r') + let lower_sanitized = tolower(initial) + let substituted = substitute(lower_sanitized, '[^a-z0-9_-]\+','-', 'g') + let substituted = substitute(substituted, '\-\+','-', 'g') + let substituted = substitute(substituted, '^-', '', 'g') + let substituted = substitute(substituted, '-$', '', 'g') + return substitute(substituted, '\-\+','-', 'g') . '.html' +endfunction + +function! s:html_insert_contents(html_lines, content) abort + let lines = [] + for line in a:html_lines + if line =~# '%content%' + let parts = split(line, '%content%', 1) + if empty(parts) + call extend(lines, a:content) + else + for idx in range(len(parts)) + call add(lines, parts[idx]) + if idx < len(parts) - 1 + call extend(lines, a:content) + endif + endfor + endif + else + call add(lines, line) + endif + endfor + return lines +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_eqin(value) abort + " mathJAX wants \( \) for inline maths + return '\('.s:mid(a:value, 1).'\)' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_em(value) abort + return ''.s:mid(a:value, 1).'' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_strong(value, header_ids) abort + let text = s:mid(a:value, 1) + let id = s:escape_html_attribute(text) + let complete_id = '' + for l in range(6) + if a:header_ids[l][0] !=? '' + let complete_id .= a:header_ids[l][0].'-' + endif + endfor + if a:header_ids[5][0] ==? '' + let complete_id = complete_id[:-2] + endif + let complete_id .= '-'.id + return ''.text.'' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_tags(value, header_ids) abort + let complete_id = '' + for level in range(6) + if a:header_ids[level][0] !=? '' + let complete_id .= a:header_ids[level][0].'-' + endif + endfor + if a:header_ids[5][0] ==? '' + let complete_id = complete_id[:-2] + endif + let complete_id = s:escape_html_attribute(complete_id) + + let result = [] + for tag in split(a:value, ':') + let id = s:escape_html_attribute(tag) + call add(result, ''.tag.'') + endfor + return join(result) +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_todo(value) abort + return ''.a:value.'' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_strike(value) abort + return ''.s:mid(a:value, 2).'' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_super(value) abort + return ''.s:mid(a:value, 1).'' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_sub(value) abort + return ''.s:mid(a:value, 2).'' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_code(value) abort + let l:retstr = ' 0.5) + \ ? 'black' : 'white' + + let l:retstr .= + \ " style='background-color:" . l:str . + \ ';color:' . l:fg_color . ";'" + endif + + let l:retstr .= '>'.s:safe_html_preformatted(l:str).'' + return l:retstr +endfunction + + +" match n-th ARG within {{URL[|ARG1|ARG2|...]}} +" *c,d,e),... +function! s:incl_match_arg(nn_index) abort + let rx = vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclPrefix'). vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclUrl') + let rx = rx . repeat(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclSeparator') . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclArg'), a:nn_index-1) + if a:nn_index > 0 + let rx = rx. vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclSeparator'). '\zs' . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclArg') . '\ze' + endif + let rx = rx . vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclArgs') . + \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclSuffix') + return rx +endfunction + + +function! s:linkify_link(src, descr) abort + let src_str = ' href="'.s:escape_html_attribute(a:src).'"' + let descr = vimwiki#u#trim(a:descr) + let descr = (descr ==? '' ? a:src : descr) + let descr_str = (descr =~# vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl') + \ ? s:tag_wikiincl(descr) + \ : descr) + return ''.descr_str.'' +endfunction + + +function! s:linkify_image(src, descr, verbatim_str) abort + let src_str = ' src="'.a:src.'"' + let descr_str = (a:descr !=? '' ? ' alt="'.a:descr.'"' : '') + let verbatim_str = (a:verbatim_str !=? '' ? ' '.a:verbatim_str : '') + return '' +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_weblink(value) abort + " Weblink Template -> descr + let str = a:value + let url = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl')) + let descr = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchDescr')) + let line = s:linkify_link(url, descr) + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_wikiincl(value) abort + " {{imgurl|arg1|arg2}} -> ??? + " {{imgurl}} -> + " {{imgurl|descr|style="A"}} -> descr + " {{imgurl|descr|class="B"}} -> descr + let str = a:value + " custom transclusions + let line = VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler(str) + " otherwise, assume image transclusion + if line ==? '' + let url_0 = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclMatchUrl')) + let descr = matchstr(str, s:incl_match_arg(1)) + let verbatim_str = matchstr(str, s:incl_match_arg(2)) + + let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(url_0) + + if link_infos.scheme =~# '\mlocal\|wiki\d\+\|diary' + let url = vimwiki#path#relpath(fnamemodify(s:current_html_file, ':h'), link_infos.filename) + " strip the .html extension when we have wiki links, so that the user can + " simply write {{image.png}} to include an image from the wiki directory + if link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary' + let url = fnamemodify(url, ':r') + endif + else + let url = link_infos.filename + endif + + let url = escape(url, '#') + let line = s:linkify_image(url, descr, verbatim_str) + endif + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_wikilink(value) abort + " [[url]] -> url + " [[url|descr]] -> descr + " [[url|{{...}}]] -> ... + " [[fileurl.ext|descr]] -> descr + " [[dirurl/|descr]] -> descr + " [[url#a1#a2]] -> url#a1#a2 + " [[#a1#a2]] -> #a1#a2 + let str = a:value + let url = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl')) + let descr = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr')) + let descr = vimwiki#u#trim(descr) + let descr = (descr !=? '' ? descr : url) + + let line = VimwikiLinkConverter(url, s:current_wiki_file, s:current_html_file) + if line ==? '' + let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(url, s:current_wiki_file) + + if link_infos.scheme ==# 'file' + " external file links are always absolute + let html_link = link_infos.filename + elseif link_infos.scheme ==# 'local' + let html_link = vimwiki#path#relpath(fnamemodify(s:current_html_file, ':h'), + \ link_infos.filename) + elseif link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary' + " wiki links are always relative to the current file + let html_link = vimwiki#path#relpath( + \ fnamemodify(s:current_wiki_file, ':h'), + \ fnamemodify(link_infos.filename, ':r')) + if html_link !~? '\m/$' + let html_link .= '.html' + endif + else " other schemes, like http, are left untouched + let html_link = link_infos.filename + endif + + if link_infos.anchor !=? '' + let anchor = substitute(link_infos.anchor, '#', '-', 'g') + let html_link .= '#'.anchor + endif + let line = html_link + endif + + let line = s:linkify_link(line, descr) + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_remove_internal_link(value) abort + let value = s:mid(a:value, 2) + + let line = '' + if value =~# '|' + let link_parts = split(value, '|', 1) + else + let link_parts = split(value, '][', 1) + endif + + if len(link_parts) > 1 + if len(link_parts) < 3 + let style = '' + else + let style = link_parts[2] + endif + let line = link_parts[1] + else + let line = value + endif + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:tag_remove_external_link(value) abort + let value = s:mid(a:value, 1) + + let line = '' + if s:is_web_link(value) + let lnkElements = split(value) + let head = lnkElements[0] + let rest = join(lnkElements[1:]) + if rest ==? '' + let rest = head + endif + let line = rest + elseif s:is_img_link(value) + let line = '' + else + " [alskfj sfsf] shouldn't be a link. So return it as it was -- + " enclosed in [...] + let line = '['.value.']' + endif + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:make_tag(line, regexp, func, ...) abort + " Make tags for a given matched regexp. + " Exclude preformatted text and href links. + " FIXME + let patt_splitter = '\(`[^`]\+`\)\|'. + \ '\('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart').'.\+'. + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd').'\)\|'. + \ '\(\)\|'. + \ '\(\)\|'. + \ '\(\)\|'. + \ '\('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxEqIn').'\)' + + "FIXME FIXME !!! these can easily occur on the same line! + "XXX {{{ }}} ??? obsolete + if '`[^`]\+`' ==# a:regexp || '{{{.\+}}}' ==# a:regexp || + \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxEqIn') ==# a:regexp + let res_line = s:subst_func(a:line, a:regexp, a:func) + else + let pos = 0 + " split line with patt_splitter to have parts of line before and after + " href links, preformatted text + " ie: + " hello world `is just a` simple type of prg. + " result: + " ['hello world ', ' simple ', 'type of', ' prg'] + let lines = split(a:line, patt_splitter, 1) + let res_line = '' + for line in lines + if a:0 + let res_line = res_line.s:subst_func(line, a:regexp, a:func, a:1) + else + let res_line = res_line.s:subst_func(line, a:regexp, a:func) + endif + let res_line = res_line.matchstr(a:line, patt_splitter, pos) + let pos = matchend(a:line, patt_splitter, pos) + endfor + endif + return res_line +endfunction + + +function! s:process_tags_remove_links(line) abort + let line = a:line + let line = s:make_tag(line, '\[\[.\{-}\]\]', 's:tag_remove_internal_link') + let line = s:make_tag(line, '\[.\{-}\]', 's:tag_remove_external_link') + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:process_tags_typefaces(line, header_ids) abort + let line = a:line + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxItalic'), 's:tag_em') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxBold'), 's:tag_strong', a:header_ids) + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxTodo'), 's:tag_todo') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxDelText'), 's:tag_strike') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxSuperScript'), 's:tag_super') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxSubScript'), 's:tag_sub') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxCode'), 's:tag_code') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxEqIn'), 's:tag_eqin') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxTags'), 's:tag_tags', a:header_ids) + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:process_tags_links(line) abort + let line = a:line + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink'), 's:tag_wikilink') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl'), 's:tag_wikiincl') + let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'), 's:tag_weblink') + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:process_inline_tags(line, header_ids) abort + let line = s:process_tags_links(a:line) + let line = s:process_tags_typefaces(line, a:header_ids) + return line +endfunction + + +function! s:close_tag_pre(pre, ldest) abort + if a:pre[0] + call insert(a:ldest, '') + return 0 + endif + return a:pre +endfunction + + +function! s:close_tag_math(math, ldest) abort + if a:math[0] + call insert(a:ldest, "\\\]") + return 0 + endif + return a:math +endfunction + + +function! s:close_tag_quote(quote, ldest) abort + if a:quote + call insert(a:ldest, '') + return 0 + endif + return a:quote +endfunction + + +function! s:close_tag_para(para, ldest) abort + if a:para + call insert(a:ldest, '

') + return 0 + endif + return a:para +endfunction + + +function! s:close_tag_table(table, ldest, header_ids) abort + " The first element of table list is a string which tells us if table should be centered. + " The rest elements are rows which are lists of columns: + " ['center', + " [ CELL1, CELL2, CELL3 ], + " [ CELL1, CELL2, CELL3 ], + " [ CELL1, CELL2, CELL3 ], + " ] + " And CELLx is: { 'body': 'col_x', 'rowspan': r, 'colspan': c } + + function! s:sum_rowspan(table) abort + let table = a:table + + " Get max cells + let max_cells = 0 + for row in table[1:] + let n_cells = len(row) + if n_cells > max_cells + let max_cells = n_cells + end + endfor + + " Sum rowspan + for cell_idx in range(max_cells) + let rows = 1 + + for row_idx in range(len(table)-1, 1, -1) + if cell_idx >= len(table[row_idx]) + let rows = 1 + continue + endif + + if table[row_idx][cell_idx].rowspan == 0 + let rows += 1 + else " table[row_idx][cell_idx].rowspan == 1 + let table[row_idx][cell_idx].rowspan = rows + let rows = 1 + endif + endfor + endfor + endfunction + + function! s:sum_colspan(table) abort + for row in a:table[1:] + let cols = 1 + + for cell_idx in range(len(row)-1, 0, -1) + if row[cell_idx].colspan == 0 + let cols += 1 + else "row[cell_idx].colspan == 1 + let row[cell_idx].colspan = cols + let cols = 1 + endif + endfor + endfor + endfunction + + function! s:close_tag_row(row, header, ldest, header_ids) abort + call add(a:ldest, '') + + " Set tag element of columns + if a:header + let tag_name = 'th' + else + let tag_name = 'td' + end + + " Close tag of columns + for cell in a:row + if cell.rowspan == 0 || cell.colspan == 0 + continue + endif + + if cell.rowspan > 1 + let rowspan_attr = ' rowspan="' . cell.rowspan . '"' + else "cell.rowspan == 1 + let rowspan_attr = '' + endif + if cell.colspan > 1 + let colspan_attr = ' colspan="' . cell.colspan . '"' + else "cell.colspan == 1 + let colspan_attr = '' + endif + + call add(a:ldest, '<' . tag_name . rowspan_attr . colspan_attr .'>') + call add(a:ldest, s:process_inline_tags(cell.body, a:header_ids)) + call add(a:ldest, '') + endfor + + call add(a:ldest, '') + endfunction + + let table = a:table + let ldest = a:ldest + if len(table) + call s:sum_rowspan(table) + call s:sum_colspan(table) + + if table[0] ==# 'center' + call add(ldest, "") + else + call add(ldest, '
') + endif + + " Empty lists are table separators. + " Search for the last empty list. All the above rows would be a table header. + " We should exclude the first element of the table list as it is a text tag + " that shows if table should be centered or not. + let head = 0 + for idx in range(len(table)-1, 1, -1) + if empty(table[idx]) + let head = idx + break + endif + endfor + if head > 0 + for row in table[1 : head-1] + if !empty(filter(row, '!empty(v:val)')) + call s:close_tag_row(row, 1, ldest, a:header_ids) + endif + endfor + for row in table[head+1 :] + call s:close_tag_row(row, 0, ldest, a:header_ids) + endfor + else + for row in table[1 :] + call s:close_tag_row(row, 0, ldest, a:header_ids) + endfor + endif + call add(ldest, '
') + let table = [] + endif + return table +endfunction + + +function! s:close_tag_list(lists, ldest) abort + while len(a:lists) + let item = remove(a:lists, 0) + call insert(a:ldest, item[0]) + endwhile +endfunction + + +function! s:close_tag_def_list(deflist, ldest) abort + if a:deflist + call insert(a:ldest, '') + return 0 + endif + return a:deflist +endfunction + + +function! s:process_tag_pre(line, pre) abort + " pre is the list of [is_in_pre, indent_of_pre] + "XXX always outputs a single line or empty list! + let lines = [] + let pre = a:pre + let processed = 0 + "XXX huh? + "if !pre[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*{{{[^\(}}}\)]*\s*$' + if !pre[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*{{{' + let class = matchstr(a:line, '{{{\zs.*$') + "FIXME class cannot contain arbitrary strings + let class = substitute(class, '\s\+$', '', 'g') + if class !=? '' + call add(lines, '
')
+    else
+      call add(lines, '
')
+    endif
+    let pre = [1, len(matchstr(a:line, '^\s*\ze{{{'))]
+    let processed = 1
+  elseif pre[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*}}}\s*$'
+    let pre = [0, 0]
+    call add(lines, '
')
+    let processed = 1
+  elseif pre[0]
+    let processed = 1
+    "XXX destroys indent in general!
+    "call add(lines, substitute(a:line, '^\s\{'.pre[1].'}', '', ''))
+    call add(lines, s:safe_html_preformatted(a:line))
+  endif
+  return [processed, lines, pre]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_math(line, math) abort
+  " math is the list of [is_in_math, indent_of_math]
+  let lines = []
+  let math = a:math
+  let processed = 0
+  if !math[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*{{\$[^\(}}$\)]*\s*$'
+    let class = matchstr(a:line, '{{$\zs.*$')
+    "FIXME class cannot be any string!
+    let class = substitute(class, '\s\+$', '', 'g')
+    " store the environment name in a global variable in order to close the
+    " environment properly
+    let s:current_math_env = matchstr(class, '^%\zs\S\+\ze%')
+    if s:current_math_env !=? ''
+      call add(lines, substitute(class, '^%\(\S\+\)%', '\\begin{\1}', ''))
+    elseif class !=? ''
+      call add(lines, "\\\[".class)
+    else
+      call add(lines, "\\\[")
+    endif
+    let math = [1, len(matchstr(a:line, '^\s*\ze{{\$'))]
+    let processed = 1
+  elseif math[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*}}\$\s*$'
+    let math = [0, 0]
+    if s:current_math_env !=? ''
+      call add(lines, "\\end{".s:current_math_env.'}')
+    else
+      call add(lines, "\\\]")
+    endif
+    let processed = 1
+  elseif math[0]
+    let processed = 1
+    call add(lines, substitute(a:line, '^\s\{'.math[1].'}', '', ''))
+  endif
+  return [processed, lines, math]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_quote(line, quote) abort
+  let lines = []
+  let quote = a:quote
+  let processed = 0
+  if a:line =~# '^\s\{4,}\S'
+    if !quote
+      call add(lines, '
')
+      let quote = 1
+    endif
+    let processed = 1
+    call add(lines, substitute(a:line, '^\s*', '', ''))
+  elseif quote
+    call add(lines, '
')
+    let quote = 0
+  endif
+  return [processed, lines, quote]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_list(line, lists) abort
+
+  function! s:add_checkbox(line, rx_list) abort
+    let st_tag = '
  • '
+    let chk = matchlist(a:line, a:rx_list)
+    if !empty(chk) && len(chk[1]) > 0
+      let completion = index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'), chk[1])
+      let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
+      if completion == 0
+        let st_tag = '
  • '
+      elseif completion == -1 && chk[1] == vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
+        let st_tag = '
  • '
+      elseif completion > 0 && completion < n
+        let completion = float2nr(round(completion / (n-1.0) * 3.0 + 0.5 ))
+        let st_tag = '
  • '
+      endif
+    endif
+    return [st_tag, '']
+  endfunction
+
+
+  let in_list = (len(a:lists) > 0)
+
+  " If it is not list yet then do not process line that starts from *bold*
+  " text.
+  " XXX necessary? in *bold* text, no space must follow the first *
+  if !in_list
+    let pos = match(a:line, '^\s*'.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxBold'))
+    if pos != -1
+      return [0, []]
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  let lines = []
+  let processed = 0
+
+  if a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:bullets.'\s'
+    let lstSym = matchstr(a:line, s:bullets)
+    let lstTagOpen = '
      '
+    let lstTagClose = '
    '
+    let lstRegExp = '^\s*'.s:bullets.'\s'
+  elseif a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:numbers.'\s'
+    let lstSym = matchstr(a:line, s:numbers)
+    let lstTagOpen = '
      '
+    let lstTagClose = '
    '
+    let lstRegExp = '^\s*'.s:numbers.'\s'
+  else
+    let lstSym = ''
+    let lstTagOpen = ''
+    let lstTagClose = ''
+    let lstRegExp = ''
+  endif
+
+  if lstSym !=? ''
+    " To get proper indent level 'retab' the line -- change all tabs
+    " to spaces*tabstop
+    let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', repeat(' ', &tabstop), 'g')
+    let indent = stridx(line, lstSym)
+
+    let checkbox = '\s*\[\(.\)\]\s*'
+    let [st_tag, en_tag] = s:add_checkbox(line, lstRegExp.checkbox)
+
+    if !in_list
+      call add(a:lists, [lstTagClose, indent])
+      call add(lines, lstTagOpen)
+    elseif (in_list && indent > a:lists[-1][1])
+      let item = remove(a:lists, -1)
+      call add(lines, item[0])
+
+      call add(a:lists, [lstTagClose, indent])
+      call add(lines, lstTagOpen)
+    elseif (in_list && indent < a:lists[-1][1])
+      while len(a:lists) && indent < a:lists[-1][1]
+        let item = remove(a:lists, -1)
+        call add(lines, item[0])
+      endwhile
+    elseif in_list
+      let item = remove(a:lists, -1)
+      call add(lines, item[0])
+    endif
+
+    call add(a:lists, [en_tag, indent])
+    call add(lines, st_tag)
+    call add(lines, substitute(a:line, lstRegExp.'\%('.checkbox.'\)\?', '', ''))
+    let processed = 1
+  elseif in_list && a:line =~# '^\s\+\S\+'
+    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('list_ignore_newline')
+      call add(lines, a:line)
+    else
+      call add(lines, '
    '.a:line)
+    endif
+    let processed = 1
+  else
+    call s:close_tag_list(a:lists, lines)
+  endif
+  return [processed, lines]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_def_list(line, deflist) abort
+  let lines = []
+  let deflist = a:deflist
+  let processed = 0
+  let matches = matchlist(a:line, '\(^.*\)::\%(\s\|$\)\(.*\)')
+  if !deflist && len(matches) > 0
+    call add(lines, '
    ')
+    let deflist = 1
+  endif
+  if deflist && len(matches) > 0
+    if matches[1] !=? ''
+      call add(lines, '
    '.matches[1].'
    ')
+    endif
+    if matches[2] !=? ''
+      call add(lines, '
    '.matches[2].'
    ')
+    endif
+    let processed = 1
+  elseif deflist
+    let deflist = 0
+    call add(lines, '
    ')
+  endif
+  return [processed, lines, deflist]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_para(line, para) abort
+  let lines = []
+  let para = a:para
+  let processed = 0
+  if a:line =~# '^\s\{,3}\S'
+    if !para
+      call add(lines, '
    ')
+      let para = 1
+    endif
+    let processed = 1
+    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('text_ignore_newline')
+      call add(lines, a:line)
+    else
+      call add(lines, a:line.'
    ')
+    endif
+  elseif para && a:line =~# '^\s*$'
+    call add(lines, '
    ')
+    let para = 0
+  endif
+  return [processed, lines, para]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_h(line, id) abort
+  let line = a:line
+  let processed = 0
+  let h_level = 0
+  let h_text = ''
+  let h_id = ''
+
+  if a:line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')
+    let h_level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(a:line)
+  endif
+  if h_level > 0
+
+    let h_text = vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')))
+    let h_number = ''
+    let h_complete_id = ''
+    let h_id = s:escape_html_attribute(h_text)
+    let centered = (a:line =~# '^\s')
+
+    if h_text !=# vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_header')
+
+      let a:id[h_level-1] = [h_text, a:id[h_level-1][1]+1]
+
+      " reset higher level ids
+      for level in range(h_level, 5)
+        let a:id[level] = ['', 0]
+      endfor
+
+      for l in range(h_level-1)
+        let h_number .= a:id[l][1].'.'
+        if a:id[l][0] !=? ''
+          let h_complete_id .= a:id[l][0].'-'
+        endif
+      endfor
+      let h_number .= a:id[h_level-1][1]
+      let h_complete_id .= a:id[h_level-1][0]
+
+      if vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering')
+        let num = matchstr(h_number,
+              \ '^\(\d.\)\{'.(vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering')-1).'}\zs.*')
+        if !empty(num)
+          let num .= vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering_sym')
+        endif
+        let h_text = num.' '.h_text
+      endif
+      let h_complete_id = s:escape_html_attribute(h_complete_id)
+      let h_part  = '
    '
+      let h_part .= ''
+      let h_part .= '
    '
+
+    let processed = 1
+  endif
+  return [processed, line]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_hr(line) abort
+  let line = a:line
+  let processed = 0
+  if a:line =~# '^-----*$'
+    let line = '
    '
+    let processed = 1
+  endif
+  return [processed, line]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:process_tag_table(line, table, header_ids) abort
+  function! s:table_empty_cell(value) abort
+    let cell = {}
+
+    if a:value =~# '^\s*\\/\s*$'
+      let cell.body    = ''
+      let cell.rowspan = 0
+      let cell.colspan = 1
+    elseif a:value =~# '^\s*>\s*$'
+      let cell.body    = ''
+      let cell.rowspan = 1
+      let cell.colspan = 0
+    elseif a:value =~# '^\s*$'
+      let cell.body    = ' '
+      let cell.rowspan = 1
+      let cell.colspan = 1
+    else
+      let cell.body    = a:value
+      let cell.rowspan = 1
+      let cell.colspan = 1
+    endif
+
+    return cell
+  endfunction
+
+  function! s:table_add_row(table, line) abort
+    if empty(a:table)
+      if a:line =~# '^\s\+'
+        let row = ['center', []]
+      else
+        let row = ['normal', []]
+      endif
+    else
+      let row = [[]]
+    endif
+    return row
+  endfunction
+
+  let table = a:table
+  let lines = []
+  let processed = 0
+
+  if vimwiki#tbl#is_separator(a:line)
+    call extend(table, s:table_add_row(a:table, a:line))
+    let processed = 1
+  elseif vimwiki#tbl#is_table(a:line)
+    call extend(table, s:table_add_row(a:table, a:line))
+
+    let processed = 1
+    " let cells = split(a:line, vimwiki#tbl#cell_splitter(), 1)[1: -2]
+    let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(a:line)
+    call map(cells, 's:table_empty_cell(v:val)')
+    call extend(table[-1], cells)
+  else
+    let table = s:close_tag_table(table, lines, a:header_ids)
+  endif
+  return [processed, lines, table]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:parse_line(line, state) abort
+  let state = {}
+  let state.para = a:state.para
+  let state.quote = a:state.quote
+  let state.pre = a:state.pre[:]
+  let state.math = a:state.math[:]
+  let state.table = a:state.table[:]
+  let state.lists = a:state.lists[:]
+  let state.deflist = a:state.deflist
+  let state.placeholder = a:state.placeholder
+  let state.header_ids = a:state.header_ids
+
+  let res_lines = []
+  let processed = 0
+  let line = a:line
+
+  if !processed
+    " allows insertion of plain text to the final html conversion
+    " for example:
+    " %plainhtml 
    
+    " inserts the line above to the final html file (without %plainhtml prefix)
+    let trigger = '%plainhtml'
+    if line =~# '^\s*' . trigger
+      let lines = []
+      let processed = 1
+
+      " if something precedes the plain text line,
+      " make sure everything gets closed properly
+      " before inserting plain text. this ensures that
+      " the plain text is not considered as
+      " part of the preceding structure
+      if processed && len(state.table)
+        let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
+      endif
+      if processed && state.deflist
+        let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
+      endif
+      if processed && state.quote
+        let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
+      endif
+      if processed && state.para
+        let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
+      endif
+
+      " remove the trigger prefix
+      let pp = split(line, trigger)[0]
+
+      call add(lines, pp)
+      call extend(res_lines, lines)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  let line = s:safe_html_line(a:line)
+
+  " pres
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, lines, state.pre] = s:process_tag_pre(line, state.pre)
+    " pre is just fine to be in the list -- do not close list item here.
+    " if processed && len(state.lists)
+      " call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
+    " endif
+    if !processed
+      let [processed, lines, state.math] = s:process_tag_math(line, state.math)
+    endif
+    if processed && len(state.table)
+      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.deflist
+      let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.quote
+      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.para
+      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
+    endif
+    call extend(res_lines, lines)
+  endif
+
+
+  if !processed
+    if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxComment')
+      let processed = 1
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " nohtml -- placeholder
+  if !processed
+    if line =~# '\m^\s*%nohtml\s*$'
+      let processed = 1
+      let state.placeholder = ['nohtml']
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " title -- placeholder
+  if !processed
+    if line =~# '\m^\s*%title\%(\s.*\)\?$'
+      let processed = 1
+      let param = matchstr(line, '\m^\s*%title\s\+\zs.*')
+      let state.placeholder = ['title', param]
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " date -- placeholder
+  if !processed
+    if line =~# '\m^\s*%date\%(\s.*\)\?$'
+      let processed = 1
+      let param = matchstr(line, '\m^\s*%date\s\+\zs.*')
+      let state.placeholder = ['date', param]
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " html template -- placeholder
+  if !processed
+    if line =~# '\m^\s*%template\%(\s.*\)\?$'
+      let processed = 1
+      let param = matchstr(line, '\m^\s*%template\s\+\zs.*')
+      let state.placeholder = ['template', param]
+    endif
+  endif
+
+
+  " tables
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, lines, state.table] = s:process_tag_table(line, state.table, state.header_ids)
+    call extend(res_lines, lines)
+  endif
+
+
+  " lists
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, lines] = s:process_tag_list(line, state.lists)
+    if processed && state.quote
+      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.pre[0]
+      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.math[0]
+      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && len(state.table)
+      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.deflist
+      let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.para
+      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
+    endif
+
+    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
+
+    call extend(res_lines, lines)
+  endif
+
+
+  " headers
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, line] = s:process_tag_h(line, state.header_ids)
+    if processed
+      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, res_lines)
+      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, res_lines, state.header_ids)
+      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, res_lines)
+      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, res_lines)
+      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, res_lines)
+      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, res_lines)
+
+      call add(res_lines, line)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+
+  " quotes
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, lines, state.quote] = s:process_tag_quote(line, state.quote)
+    if processed && len(state.lists)
+      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.deflist
+      let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && len(state.table)
+      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.pre[0]
+      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.math[0]
+      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.para
+      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
+    endif
+
+    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
+
+    call extend(res_lines, lines)
+  endif
+
+
+  " horizontal rules
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, line] = s:process_tag_hr(line)
+    if processed
+      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, res_lines)
+      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, res_lines, state.header_ids)
+      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, res_lines)
+      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, res_lines)
+      call add(res_lines, line)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+
+  " definition lists
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, lines, state.deflist] = s:process_tag_def_list(line, state.deflist)
+
+    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
+
+    call extend(res_lines, lines)
+  endif
+
+
+  "" P
+  if !processed
+    let [processed, lines, state.para] = s:process_tag_para(line, state.para)
+    if processed && len(state.lists)
+      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.quote
+      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, res_lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.pre[0]
+      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, res_lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && state.math[0]
+      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, res_lines)
+    endif
+    if processed && len(state.table)
+      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, res_lines, state.header_ids)
+    endif
+
+    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
+
+    call extend(res_lines, lines)
+  endif
+
+
+  "" add the rest
+  if !processed
+    call add(res_lines, line)
+  endif
+
+  return [res_lines, state]
+
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:use_custom_wiki2html() abort
+  let custom_wiki2html = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html')
+  return !empty(custom_wiki2html) &&
+        \ (s:file_exists(custom_wiki2html) || s:binary_exists(custom_wiki2html))
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#html#CustomWiki2HTML(path, wikifile, force) abort
+  call vimwiki#path#mkdir(a:path)
+  let output = system(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html'). ' '.
+      \ a:force. ' '.
+      \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax'). ' '.
+      \ strpart(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext'), 1). ' '.
+      \ shellescape(a:path). ' '.
+      \ shellescape(a:wikifile). ' '.
+      \ shellescape(s:default_CSS_full_name(a:path)). ' '.
+      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_path')) > 1 ?
+      \     shellescape(expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_path'))) : '-'). ' '.
+      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_default')) > 0 ?
+      \     vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_default') : '-'). ' '.
+      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_ext')) > 0 ?
+      \     vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_ext') : '-'). ' '.
+      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')) > 0 ?
+      \     shellescape(s:root_path(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir'))) : '-'). ' '.
+      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html_args')) > 0 ?
+      \     vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html_args') : '-'))
+  " Echo if non void
+  if output !~? '^\s*$'
+    echomsg output
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:convert_file(path_html, wikifile) abort
+  let done = 0
+
+  let wikifile = fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':p')
+
+  let path_html = expand(a:path_html).vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')
+  let htmlfile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':t:r').'.html'
+
+  " the currently processed file name is needed when processing links
+  " yeah yeah, shame on me for using (quasi-) global variables
+  let s:current_wiki_file = wikifile
+  let s:current_html_file = path_html . htmlfile
+
+  if s:use_custom_wiki2html()
+    let force = 1
+    call vimwiki#html#CustomWiki2HTML(path_html, wikifile, force)
+    let done = 1
+  endif
+
+  if s:syntax_supported() && done == 0
+    let lsource = readfile(wikifile)
+    let ldest = []
+
+    call vimwiki#path#mkdir(path_html)
+
+    " nohtml placeholder -- to skip html generation.
+    let nohtml = 0
+
+    " template placeholder
+    let template_name = ''
+
+    " for table of contents placeholders.
+    let placeholders = []
+
+    " current state of converter
+    let state = {}
+    let state.para = 0
+    let state.quote = 0
+    let state.pre = [0, 0] " [in_pre, indent_pre]
+    let state.math = [0, 0] " [in_math, indent_math]
+    let state.table = []
+    let state.deflist = 0
+    let state.lists = []
+    let state.placeholder = []
+    let state.header_ids = [['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0]]
+         " [last seen header text in this level, number]
+
+    " prepare constants for s:safe_html_line()
+    let s:lt_pattern = '<'
+    let s:gt_pattern = '>'
+    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('valid_html_tags') !=? ''
+      let tags = join(split(vimwiki#vars#get_global('valid_html_tags'), '\s*,\s*'), '\|')
+      let s:lt_pattern = '\c<\%(/\?\%('.tags.'\)\%(\s\{-1}\S\{-}\)\{-}/\?>\)\@!'
+      let s:gt_pattern = '\c\%('
+    endif
+
+    " prepare regexps for lists
+    let s:bullets = '[*-]'
+    let s:numbers = '\C\%(#\|\d\+)\|\d\+\.\|[ivxlcdm]\+)\|[IVXLCDM]\+)\|\l\{1,2})\|\u\{1,2})\)'
+
+    for line in lsource
+      let oldquote = state.quote
+      let [lines, state] = s:parse_line(line, state)
+
+      " Hack: There could be a lot of empty strings before s:process_tag_quote
+      " find out `quote` is over. So we should delete them all. Think of the way
+      " to refactor it out.
+      if oldquote != state.quote
+        call s:remove_blank_lines(ldest)
+      endif
+
+      if !empty(state.placeholder)
+        if state.placeholder[0] ==# 'nohtml'
+          let nohtml = 1
+          break
+        elseif state.placeholder[0] ==# 'template'
+          let template_name = state.placeholder[1]
+        else
+          call add(placeholders, [state.placeholder, len(ldest), len(placeholders)])
+        endif
+        let state.placeholder = []
+      endif
+
+      call extend(ldest, lines)
+    endfor
+
+
+    if nohtml
+      echon "\r".'%nohtml placeholder found'
+      return ''
+    endif
+
+    call s:remove_blank_lines(ldest)
+
+    " process end of file
+    " close opened tags if any
+    let lines = []
+    call s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
+    call s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
+    call s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, lines)
+    call s:close_tag_math(state.math, lines)
+    call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
+    call s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
+    call s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
+    call extend(ldest, lines)
+
+    let title = s:process_title(placeholders, fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':t:r'))
+    let date = s:process_date(placeholders, strftime('%Y-%m-%d'))
+    let wiki_path = strpart(s:current_wiki_file, strlen(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path')))
+
+    let html_lines = s:get_html_template(template_name)
+
+    " processing template variables (refactor to a function)
+    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%title%", "'. title .'", "g")')
+    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%date%", "'. date .'", "g")')
+    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%root_path%", "'.
+          \ s:root_path(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')) .'", "g")')
+    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%wiki_path%", "'. wiki_path .'", "g")')
+
+    let css_name = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('css_name'))
+    let css_name = substitute(css_name, '\', '/', 'g')
+    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%css%", "'. css_name .'", "g")')
+
+    let enc = &fileencoding
+    if enc ==? ''
+      let enc = &encoding
+    endif
+    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%encoding%", "'. enc .'", "g")')
+
+    let html_lines = s:html_insert_contents(html_lines, ldest) " %contents%
+
+    call writefile(html_lines, path_html.htmlfile)
+    let done = 1
+
+  endif
+
+  if done == 0
+    echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Conversion to HTML is not supported for this syntax'
+    return ''
+  endif
+
+  return path_html.htmlfile
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML(path_html, wikifile) abort
+  let result = s:convert_file(a:path_html, a:wikifile)
+  if result !=? ''
+    call s:create_default_CSS(a:path_html)
+  endif
+  return result
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#html#WikiAll2HTML(path_html, force) abort
+  if !s:syntax_supported() && !s:use_custom_wiki2html()
+    echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Conversion to HTML is not supported for this syntax'
+    return
+  endif
+
+  echomsg 'Vimwiki: Saving Vimwiki files ...'
+  let save_eventignore = &eventignore
+  let &eventignore = 'all'
+  try
+    wall
+  catch
+    " just ignore errors
+  endtry
+  let &eventignore = save_eventignore
+
+  let path_html = expand(a:path_html)
+  call vimwiki#path#mkdir(path_html)
+
+  if !vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('html_filename_parameterization')
+    echomsg 'Vimwiki: Deleting non-wiki html files ...'
+    call s:delete_html_files(path_html)
+  endif
+
+  echomsg 'Vimwiki: Converting wiki to html files ...'
+  let setting_more = &more
+  setlocal nomore
+
+  " temporarily adjust current_subdir global state variable
+  let current_subdir = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')
+  let current_invsubdir = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('invsubdir')
+
+  let wikifiles = split(glob(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').'**/*'.
+        \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')), '\n')
+  for wikifile in wikifiles
+    let wikifile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':p')
+
+    " temporarily adjust 'subdir' and 'invsubdir' state variables
+    let subdir = vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'), wikifile)
+    call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('subdir', subdir)
+    call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('invsubdir', vimwiki#base#invsubdir(subdir))
+
+    if a:force || !s:is_html_uptodate(wikifile)
+      echomsg 'Vimwiki: Processing '.wikifile
+
+      call s:convert_file(path_html, wikifile)
+    else
+      echomsg 'Vimwiki: Skipping '.wikifile
+    endif
+  endfor
+  " reset 'subdir' state variable
+  call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('subdir', current_subdir)
+  call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('invsubdir', current_invsubdir)
+
+  let created = s:create_default_CSS(path_html)
+  if created
+    echomsg 'Vimwiki: Default style.css has been created'
+  endif
+  echomsg 'Vimwiki: HTML exported to '.path_html
+  echomsg 'Vimwiki: Done!'
+
+  let &more = setting_more
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:file_exists(fname) abort
+  return !empty(getftype(expand(a:fname)))
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:binary_exists(fname) abort
+  return executable(expand(a:fname))
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_wikifile_url(wikifile) abort
+  return vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html') .
+    \ vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'), a:wikifile).
+    \ fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':t:r').'.html'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#html#PasteUrl(wikifile) abort
+  execute 'r !echo file://'.s:get_wikifile_url(a:wikifile)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#html#CatUrl(wikifile) abort
+  execute '!echo file://'.s:get_wikifile_url(a:wikifile)
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/lst.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/lst.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bebd89b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/lst.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,1713 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
+" Description: Everything concerning lists and checkboxes
+" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+
+
+if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_list_auto') || &compatible
+  finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_vimwiki_list_auto = 1
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" incrementation functions for the various kinds of numbers
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+function! s:increment_1(value) abort
+  return eval(a:value) + 1
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:increment_A(value) abort
+  let list_of_chars = split(a:value, '.\zs')
+  let done = 0
+  for idx in reverse(range(len(list_of_chars)))
+    let cur_num = char2nr(list_of_chars[idx])
+    if cur_num < 90
+      let list_of_chars[idx] = nr2char(cur_num + 1)
+      let done = 1
+      break
+    else
+      let list_of_chars[idx] = 'A'
+    endif
+  endfor
+  if !done
+    call insert(list_of_chars, 'A')
+  endif
+  return join(list_of_chars, '')
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:increment_a(value) abort
+  let list_of_chars = split(a:value, '.\zs')
+  let done = 0
+  for idx in reverse(range(len(list_of_chars)))
+    let cur_num = char2nr(list_of_chars[idx])
+    if cur_num < 122
+      let list_of_chars[idx] = nr2char(cur_num + 1)
+      let done = 1
+      break
+    else
+      let list_of_chars[idx] = 'a'
+    endif
+  endfor
+  if !done
+    call insert(list_of_chars, 'a')
+  endif
+  return join(list_of_chars, '')
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:increment_I(value) abort
+  let subst_list = [ ['XLVIII$', 'IL'], ['VIII$', 'IX'], ['III$', 'IV'],
+        \ ['DCCCXCIX$', 'CM'], ['CCCXCIX$', 'CD'], ['LXXXIX$', 'XC'],
+        \ ['XXXIX$', 'XL'], ['\(I\{1,2\}\)$', '\1I'], ['CDXCIX$', 'D'],
+        \ ['CMXCIX$', 'M'], ['XCIX$', 'C'], ['I\([VXLCDM]\)$', '\1'],
+        \ ['\([VXLCDM]\)$', '\1I'] ]
+  for [regex, subst] in subst_list
+    if a:value =~# regex
+      return substitute(a:value, regex, subst, '')
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return ''
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:increment_i(value) abort
+  let subst_list = [ ['xlviii$', 'il'], ['viii$', 'ix'], ['iii$', 'iv'],
+        \ ['dcccxcix$', 'cm'], ['cccxcix$', 'cd'], ['lxxxix$', 'xc'],
+        \ ['xxxix$', 'xl'], ['\(i\{1,2\}\)$', '\1i'], ['cdxcix$', 'd'],
+        \ ['cmxcix$', 'm'], ['xcix$', 'c'], ['i\([vxlcdm]\)$', '\1'],
+        \ ['\([vxlcdm]\)$', '\1i'] ]
+  for [regex, subst] in subst_list
+    if a:value =~# regex
+      return substitute(a:value, regex, subst, '')
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return ''
+endfunction
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" utility functions
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+function! s:substitute_rx_in_line(lnum, pattern, new_string) abort
+  call setline(a:lnum, substitute(getline(a:lnum), a:pattern, a:new_string, ''))
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:substitute_string_in_line(lnum, old_string, new_string) abort
+  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:lnum, vimwiki#u#escape(a:old_string), a:new_string)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:first_char(string) abort
+  return matchstr(a:string, '^.')
+endfunction
+
+
+if exists('*strdisplaywidth')
+  function! s:string_length(str) abort
+    return strdisplaywidth(a:str)
+  endfunction
+else
+  function! s:string_length(str) abort
+    return strlen(substitute(a:str, '.', 'x', 'g'))
+  endfunction
+endif
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#default_symbol() abort
+  return vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')[0]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin() abort
+  let list_margin = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('list_margin')
+  if list_margin < 0
+    return &shiftwidth
+  else
+    return list_margin
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the column where the text of a line starts (possible list item
+"markers and checkboxes are skipped)
+function! s:text_begin(lnum) abort
+  return s:string_length(matchstr(getline(a:lnum), vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem')))
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: 2 if there is a marker and text
+" 1 for a marker and no text
+" 0 for no marker at all (empty line or only text)
+function! s:line_has_marker(lnum) abort
+  if getline(a:lnum) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem').'\s*$'
+    return 1
+  elseif getline(a:lnum) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem').'\s*\S'
+    return 2
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" get properties of a list item
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+"Returns: the mainly used data structure in this file
+"An item represents a single list item and is a dictionary with the keys
+"lnum - the line number of the list item
+"type - 1 for bulleted item, 2 for numbered item, 0 for a regular line
+"mrkr - the concrete marker, e.g. '**' or 'b)'
+"cb   - the char in the checkbox or '' if there is no checkbox
+function! s:get_item(lnum) abort
+  let item = {'lnum': a:lnum}
+  if a:lnum == 0 || a:lnum > line('$')
+    let item.type = 0
+    return item
+  endif
+
+  let matches = matchlist(getline(a:lnum), vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem'))
+  if matches == [] ||
+        \ (matches[1] ==? '' && matches[2] ==? '') ||
+        \ (matches[1] !=? '' && matches[2] !=? '')
+    let item.type = 0
+    return item
+  endif
+
+  let item.cb = matches[3]
+
+  if matches[1] !=? ''
+    let item.type = 1
+    let item.mrkr = matches[1]
+  else
+    let item.type = 2
+    let item.mrkr = matches[2]
+  endif
+
+  return item
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:empty_item() abort
+  return {'type': 0}
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: level of the line
+"0 is the 'highest' level
+function! s:get_level(lnum) abort
+  if getline(a:lnum) =~# '^\s*$'
+    return 0
+  endif
+  if !vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets')
+    let level = indent(a:lnum)
+  else
+    let level = s:string_length(matchstr(getline(a:lnum),
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rx_bullet_chars')))-1
+    if level < 0
+      let level = (indent(a:lnum) == 0) ? 0 : 9999
+    endif
+  endif
+  return level
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: 1, a, i, A, I or ''
+"If in doubt if alphanumeric character or romanian
+"numeral, peek in the previous line
+function! s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(item) abort
+  if a:item.type != 2 | return '' | endif
+  let number_chars = a:item.mrkr[:-2]
+  let divisor = a:item.mrkr[-1:]
+
+  let number_kinds = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('number_kinds')
+
+  if number_chars =~# '\d\+'
+    return '1'
+  endif
+  if number_chars =~# '\l\+'
+    if number_chars !~# '^[ivxlcdm]\+' || index(number_kinds, 'i') == -1
+      return 'a'
+    else
+
+      let item_above = s:get_prev_list_item(a:item, 0)
+      if item_above.type != 0
+        if index(number_kinds, 'a') == -1 ||
+              \ (item_above.mrkr[-1:] !=# divisor && number_chars =~# 'i\+') ||
+              \ s:increment_i(item_above.mrkr[:-2]) ==# number_chars
+          return 'i'
+        else
+          return 'a'
+        endif
+      else
+        if number_chars =~# 'i\+' || index(number_kinds, 'a') == -1
+          return 'i'
+        else
+          return 'a'
+        endif
+      endif
+
+    endif
+  endif
+  if number_chars =~# '\u\+'
+    if number_chars !~# '^[IVXLCDM]\+' || index(number_kinds, 'I') == -1
+      return 'A'
+    else
+
+      let item_above = s:get_prev_list_item(a:item, 0)
+      if item_above.type != 0
+        if index(number_kinds, 'A') == -1 ||
+              \ (item_above.mrkr[-1:] !=# divisor && number_chars =~# 'I\+') ||
+              \ s:increment_I(item_above.mrkr[:-2]) ==# number_chars
+          return 'I'
+        else
+          return 'A'
+        endif
+      else
+        if number_chars =~# 'I\+' || index(number_kinds, 'A') == -1
+          return 'I'
+        else
+          return 'A'
+        endif
+      endif
+
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:regexp_of_marker(item) abort
+  if a:item.type == 1
+    return vimwiki#u#escape(a:item.mrkr)
+  elseif a:item.type == 2
+    let number_divisors = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('number_divisors')
+    for ki in ['d', 'u', 'l']
+      let match = matchstr(a:item.mrkr, '\'.ki.'\+['.number_divisors.']')
+      if match !=? ''
+        return '\'.ki.'\+'.vimwiki#u#escape(match[-1:])
+      endif
+    endfor
+  else
+    return ''
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" Returns: Whether or not the checkbox of a list item is [X] or [-]
+function! s:is_closed(item) abort
+  let state = a:item.cb
+  return state ==# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list')[-1]
+        \ || state ==# vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
+endfunction
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" functions for navigating between items
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+"Returns: the list item after a:item or an empty item
+"If a:ignore_kind is 1, the markers can differ
+function! s:get_next_list_item(item, ignore_kind) abort
+  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
+  if !a:ignore_kind
+    let org_regex = s:regexp_of_marker(a:item)
+  endif
+
+  let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(a:item.lnum)
+  while cur_ln <= line('$')
+    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
+    if cur_lvl <= org_lvl
+      if a:ignore_kind
+        return s:get_any_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl)
+      else
+        return s:get_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl, org_regex)
+      endif
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
+  endwhile
+  return s:empty_item()
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the list item before a:item or an empty item
+"If a:ignore_kind is 1, the markers can differ
+function! s:get_prev_list_item(item, ignore_kind) abort
+  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
+  if !a:ignore_kind
+    let org_regex = s:regexp_of_marker(a:item)
+  endif
+
+  let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(a:item.lnum)
+  while cur_ln >= 1
+    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
+    if cur_lvl <= org_lvl
+      if a:ignore_kind
+        return s:get_any_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl)
+      else
+        return s:get_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl, org_regex)
+      endif
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
+  endwhile
+  return s:empty_item()
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl, org_regex) abort
+  let cur_linecontent = getline(a:cur_ln)
+  if a:cur_lvl == a:org_lvl
+    if cur_linecontent =~# '^\s*'.a:org_regex.'\s'
+      return s:get_item(a:cur_ln)
+    else
+      return s:empty_item()
+    endif
+  elseif a:cur_lvl < a:org_lvl
+    return s:empty_item()
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_any_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl) abort
+  if a:cur_lvl == a:org_lvl
+    return s:get_item(a:cur_ln)
+  elseif a:cur_lvl < a:org_lvl
+    return s:empty_item()
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_first_item_in_list(item, ignore_kind) abort
+  let cur_item = a:item
+  while 1
+    let prev_item = s:get_prev_list_item(cur_item, a:ignore_kind)
+    if prev_item.type == 0
+      break
+    else
+      let cur_item = prev_item
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  return cur_item
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_last_item_in_list(item, ignore_kind) abort
+  let cur_item = a:item
+  while 1
+    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, a:ignore_kind)
+    if next_item.type == 0
+      break
+    else
+      let cur_item = next_item
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  return cur_item
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: lnum+1 in most cases, but skips blank lines and preformatted text,
+"0 in case of nonvalid line.
+"If there is no second argument, 0 is returned at a header, otherwise the
+"header is skipped
+function! s:get_next_line(lnum, ...) abort
+  if getline(a:lnum) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
+    let cur_ln = a:lnum + 1
+    while cur_ln <= line('$') && getline(cur_ln) !~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')
+      let cur_ln += 1
+    endwhile
+    let next_line = cur_ln + 1
+  else
+    let next_line = a:lnum + 1
+  endif
+
+  let next_line = nextnonblank(next_line)
+
+  if a:0 > 0 && getline(next_line) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')
+    let next_line = s:get_next_line(next_line, 1)
+  endif
+
+  if next_line < 0 || next_line > line('$') ||
+        \ (getline(next_line) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') && a:0 == 0)
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  return next_line
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: lnum-1 in most cases, but skips blank lines and preformatted text
+"0 in case of nonvalid line and a header, because a header ends every list
+function! s:get_prev_line(lnum) abort
+  let cur_ln = a:lnum - 1
+
+  if getline(cur_ln) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')
+    while 1
+      if cur_ln == 0 || getline(cur_ln) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
+        break
+      endif
+      let cur_ln -= 1
+    endwhile
+  endif
+
+  let prev_line = prevnonblank(cur_ln)
+
+  if prev_line < 0 || prev_line > line('$') ||
+        \ getline(prev_line) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  return prev_line
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_first_child(item) abort
+  if a:item.lnum >= line('$')
+    return s:empty_item()
+  endif
+  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
+  let cur_item = s:get_item(s:get_next_line(a:item.lnum))
+  while 1
+    if cur_item.type != 0 && s:get_level(cur_item.lnum) > org_lvl
+      return cur_item
+    endif
+    if cur_item.lnum > line('$') || cur_item.lnum <= 0 || s:get_level(cur_item.lnum) <= org_lvl
+      return s:empty_item()
+    endif
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(s:get_next_line(cur_item.lnum))
+  endwhile
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the next sibling of a:child, given the parent item
+"Used for iterating over children
+"Note: child items do not necessarily have the same indent, i.e. level
+function! s:get_next_child_item(parent, child) abort
+  if a:parent.type == 0 | return s:empty_item() | endif
+  let parent_lvl = s:get_level(a:parent.lnum)
+  let cur_ln = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(a:child)
+  while 1
+    let next_line = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
+    if next_line == 0 || s:get_level(next_line) <= parent_lvl
+      break
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = next_line
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+    if cur_item.type > 0
+      return cur_item
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  return s:empty_item()
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_parent(item) abort
+  let parent_line = 0
+
+  let cur_ln = prevnonblank(a:item.lnum)
+  let child_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
+  if child_lvl == 0
+    return s:empty_item()
+  endif
+
+  while 1
+    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
+    if cur_ln == 0 | break | endif
+    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
+    if cur_lvl < child_lvl
+      let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+      if cur_item.type == 0
+        let child_lvl = cur_lvl
+        continue
+      endif
+      let parent_line = cur_ln
+      break
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  return s:get_item(parent_line)
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the item above or the item below or an empty item
+function! s:get_a_neighbor_item(item) abort
+  let prev_item = s:get_prev_list_item(a:item, 1)
+  if prev_item.type != 0
+    return prev_item
+  else
+    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(a:item, 1)
+    if next_item.type != 0
+      return next_item
+    endif
+  endif
+  return s:empty_item()
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_a_neighbor_item_in_column(lnum, column) abort
+  let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(a:lnum)
+  while cur_ln >= 1
+    if s:get_level(cur_ln) <= a:column
+      return s:get_corresponding_item(cur_ln)
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
+  endwhile
+  return s:empty_item()
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the item if there is one in a:lnum
+"else the multiline item a:lnum belongs to
+function! s:get_corresponding_item(lnum) abort
+  let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
+  if item.type != 0
+    return item
+  endif
+  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:lnum)
+  let cur_ln = a:lnum
+  while cur_ln > 0
+    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+    if cur_lvl < org_lvl && cur_item.type != 0
+      return cur_item
+    endif
+    if cur_lvl < org_lvl
+      let org_lvl = cur_lvl
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
+  endwhile
+  return s:empty_item()
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the last line of a (possibly multiline) item, including all children
+function! s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(item) abort
+  let cur_ln = a:item.lnum
+  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
+  while 1
+    let next_line = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
+    if next_line == 0 || s:get_level(next_line) <= org_lvl
+      return cur_ln
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = next_line
+  endwhile
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the last line of a (possibly multiline) item
+"Note: there can be other list items between the first and last line
+function! s:get_last_line_of_item(item) abort
+  if a:item.type == 0 | return 0 | endif
+  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
+  let last_corresponding_line = a:item.lnum
+
+  let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(a:item.lnum)
+  while 1
+    if cur_ln == 0 || s:get_level(cur_ln) <= org_lvl
+      break
+    endif
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+    if cur_item.type == 0
+      let last_corresponding_line = cur_ln
+      let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
+    else
+      let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(cur_item))
+    endif
+  endwhile
+
+  return last_corresponding_line
+endfunction
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" renumber list items
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+"Renumbers the current list from a:item on downwards
+"Returns: the last item that was adjusted
+function! s:adjust_numbered_list_below(item, recursive) abort
+  if !(a:item.type == 2 || (a:item.type == 1 && a:recursive))
+    return a:item
+  endif
+
+  let kind = s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(a:item)
+
+  let cur_item = a:item
+  while 1
+    if a:recursive
+      call s:adjust_items_recursively(cur_item)
+    endif
+
+    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 0)
+    if next_item.type == 0
+      break
+    endif
+
+    if cur_item.type == 2
+      let new_val = s:increment_{kind}(cur_item.mrkr[:-2]) . cur_item.mrkr[-1:]
+      call s:substitute_string_in_line(next_item.lnum, next_item.mrkr, new_val)
+      let next_item.mrkr = new_val
+    endif
+
+    let cur_item = next_item
+  endwhile
+  return cur_item
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:adjust_items_recursively(parent) abort
+  if a:parent.type == 0
+    return s:empty_item()
+  end
+
+  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:parent)
+  if child_item.type == 0
+    return child_item
+  endif
+  while 1
+    let last_item = s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 1, 1)
+
+    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:parent, last_item)
+    if child_item.type == 0
+      return last_item
+    endif
+  endwhile
+endfunction
+
+
+"Renumbers the list a:item is in.
+"If a:ignore_kind == 0, only the items which have the same kind of marker as
+"a:item are considered, otherwise all items.
+"Returns: the last item that was adjusted
+function! s:adjust_numbered_list(item, ignore_kind, recursive) abort
+  if !(a:item.type == 2 || (a:item.type == 1 && (a:ignore_kind || a:recursive)))
+    return s:empty_item()
+  end
+
+  let first_item = s:get_first_item_in_list(a:item, a:ignore_kind)
+
+  while 1
+    if first_item.type == 2
+      let new_mrkr = s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(first_item) . first_item.mrkr[-1:]
+      call s:substitute_string_in_line(first_item.lnum, first_item.mrkr, new_mrkr)
+      let first_item.mrkr = new_mrkr
+    endif
+
+    let last_item = s:adjust_numbered_list_below(first_item, a:recursive)
+
+    let next_first_item = s:get_next_list_item(last_item, 1)
+    if a:ignore_kind == 0 || next_first_item.type == 0
+      return last_item
+    endif
+    let first_item = next_first_item
+  endwhile
+endfunction
+
+
+"Renumbers the list the cursor is in
+"also update its parents checkbox state
+function! vimwiki#lst#adjust_numbered_list() abort
+  let cur_item = s:get_corresponding_item(line('.'))
+  if cur_item.type == 0 | return | endif
+  call s:adjust_numbered_list(cur_item, 1, 0)
+  call s:update_state(s:get_parent(cur_item))
+endfunction
+
+
+"Renumbers all lists of the buffer
+"of course, this might take some seconds
+function! vimwiki#lst#adjust_whole_buffer() abort
+  let cur_ln = 1
+  while 1
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+    if cur_item.type != 0
+      let cur_item = s:adjust_numbered_list(cur_item, 0, 1)
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_item.lnum, 1)
+    if cur_ln <= 0 || cur_ln > line('$')
+      return
+    endif
+  endwhile
+endfunction
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" checkbox stuff
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+"Returns: the rate of checkboxed list item in percent
+function! s:get_rate(item) abort
+  if a:item.type == 0 || a:item.cb ==? ''
+    return -1
+  endif
+  let state = a:item.cb
+  if state == vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
+    return -1
+  endif
+  let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
+  return index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'), state) * 100/(n-1)
+endfunction
+
+
+"Set state of the list item to [ ] or [o] or whatever
+"Returns: 1 if the state changed, 0 otherwise
+function! s:set_state(item, new_rate) abort
+  let new_state = s:rate_to_state(a:new_rate)
+  let old_state = s:rate_to_state(s:get_rate(a:item))
+  if new_state !=# old_state
+    call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:item.lnum, '\[.]', '['.new_state.']')
+    return 1
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" Sets the state of the list item to [ ] or [o] or whatever. Updates the states of its child items.
+" If the new state should be [X] or [-], the state of the current list item is changed to this
+" state, but if a child item already has [X] or [-] it is left alone.
+function! s:set_state_plus_children(item, new_rate, ...) abort
+  let retain_state_if_closed = a:0 > 0 && a:1 > 0
+
+  if !(retain_state_if_closed && (a:new_rate == 100 || a:new_rate == -1) && s:is_closed(a:item))
+    call s:set_state(a:item, a:new_rate)
+  endif
+
+  let all_children_are_done = 1
+  let all_children_are_rejected = 1
+
+  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:item)
+  while 1
+    if child_item.type == 0
+      break
+    endif
+    if child_item.cb != vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
+      let all_children_are_rejected = 0
+    endif
+    if child_item.cb != vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list')[-1]
+      let all_children_are_done = 0
+    endif
+    if !all_children_are_done && !all_children_are_rejected
+      break
+    endif
+    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:item, child_item)
+  endwhile
+
+  if (a:new_rate == 100 && all_children_are_done) ||
+        \ (a:new_rate == -1) && all_children_are_rejected
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if (a:new_rate == -1 && all_children_are_done) ||
+        \ (a:new_rate == 100 && all_children_are_rejected)
+    let retain_closed_children = 0
+  else
+    let retain_closed_children = 1
+  endif
+
+  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:item)
+  while 1
+    if child_item.type == 0
+      break
+    endif
+    if child_item.cb !=? ''
+      call s:set_state_plus_children(child_item, a:new_rate, retain_closed_children)
+    endif
+    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:item, child_item)
+  endwhile
+endfunction
+
+
+"Returns: the appropriate symbol for a given percent rate
+function! s:rate_to_state(rate) abort
+  let listsyms_list = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list')
+  let state = ''
+  let n = len(listsyms_list)
+  if a:rate == 100
+    let state = listsyms_list[n-1]
+  elseif a:rate == 0
+    let state = listsyms_list[0]
+  elseif a:rate == -1
+    let state = vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
+  else
+    let index = float2nr(ceil(a:rate/100.0*(n-2)))
+    let state = listsyms_list[index]
+  endif
+  return state
+endfunction
+
+
+"updates the symbol of a checkboxed item according to the symbols of its
+"children
+function! s:update_state(item) abort
+  if a:item.type == 0 || a:item.cb ==? ''
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let sum_children_rate = 0
+  let count_children_with_cb = 0
+  let count_rejected_children = 0
+
+  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:item)
+
+  while 1
+    if child_item.type == 0
+      break
+    endif
+    if child_item.cb !=? ''
+      let rate = s:get_rate(child_item)
+      if rate == -1
+        " for calculating the parent rate, a [-] item counts as much as a [X] item ...
+        let rate = 100
+        " ... with the exception that a parent with *only* [-] items will be [-] too
+        let count_rejected_children += 1
+      endif
+      let count_children_with_cb += 1
+      let sum_children_rate += rate
+    endif
+    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:item, child_item)
+  endwhile
+
+  if count_children_with_cb > 0
+    if count_rejected_children == count_children_with_cb
+      let new_rate = -1
+    else
+      let new_rate = sum_children_rate / count_children_with_cb
+    endif
+    call s:set_state_recursively(a:item, new_rate)
+  else
+    let rate = s:get_rate(a:item)
+    if rate > 0 && rate < 100
+      call s:set_state_recursively(a:item, 0)
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:set_state_recursively(item, new_rate) abort
+  let state_changed = s:set_state(a:item, a:new_rate)
+  if state_changed
+    call s:update_state(s:get_parent(a:item))
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+"Creates checkbox in a list item.
+"Returns: 1 if successful
+function! s:create_cb(item, start_rate) abort
+  if a:item.type == 0 || a:item.cb !=? ''
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let new_item = a:item
+  let new_item.cb = s:rate_to_state(a:start_rate)
+  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(new_item.lnum,
+        \ vimwiki#u#escape(new_item.mrkr) . '\zs\ze', ' [' . new_item.cb . ']')
+
+  call s:update_state(new_item)
+  return 1
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:remove_cb(item) abort
+  let item = a:item
+  if item.type != 0 && item.cb !=? ''
+    let item.cb = ''
+    call s:substitute_rx_in_line(item.lnum, '\s\+\[.\]', '')
+  endif
+  return item
+endfunction
+
+
+" Change state of the checkboxes in the lines of the given range
+function! s:change_cb(from_line, to_line, new_rate) abort
+  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
+  if from_item.type == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let parent_items_of_lines = []
+
+  for cur_ln in range(from_item.lnum, a:to_line)
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+    if cur_item.type != 0 && cur_item.cb !=? ''
+      call s:set_state_plus_children(cur_item, a:new_rate)
+      let cur_parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
+      if index(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item) == -1
+        call insert(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item)
+      endif
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  for parent_item in parent_items_of_lines
+    call s:update_state(parent_item)
+  endfor
+
+endfunction
+
+
+" Toggles checkbox between two states in the lines of the given range, creates checkboxes (with
+" a:start_rate as state) if there aren't any.
+function! s:toggle_create_cb(from_line, to_line, state1, state2, start_rate) abort
+  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
+  if from_item.type == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if from_item.cb ==? ''
+
+    "if from_line has no CB, make a CB in every selected line
+    let parent_items_of_lines = []
+    for cur_ln in range(from_item.lnum, a:to_line)
+      let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+      let success = s:create_cb(cur_item, a:start_rate)
+
+      if success
+        let cur_parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
+        if index(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item) == -1
+          call insert(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item)
+        endif
+      endif
+    endfor
+
+    for parent_item in parent_items_of_lines
+      call s:update_state(parent_item)
+    endfor
+
+  else
+
+    "if from_line has CB, toggle it and set all siblings to the same new state
+    let rate_first_line = s:get_rate(from_item)
+    let new_rate = rate_first_line == a:state1 ? a:state2 : a:state1
+
+    call s:change_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, new_rate)
+
+  endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+"Decrement checkbox between [ ] and [X]
+"in the lines of the given range
+function! vimwiki#lst#decrement_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
+  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
+  if from_item.type == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  "if from_line has CB, decrement it and set all siblings to the same new state
+  let rate_first_line = s:get_rate(from_item)
+  let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
+  let new_rate = max([rate_first_line - 100/(n-1)-1, 0])
+
+  call s:change_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, new_rate)
+
+endfunction
+
+
+"Increment checkbox between [ ] and [X]
+"in the lines of the given range
+function! vimwiki#lst#increment_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
+  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
+  if from_item.type == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  "if from_line has CB, increment it and set all siblings to the same new state
+  let rate_first_line = s:get_rate(from_item)
+  let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
+  let new_rate = min([rate_first_line + 100/(n-1)+1, 100])
+
+  call s:change_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, new_rate)
+
+endfunction
+
+
+"Toggles checkbox between [ ] and [X] or creates one
+"in the lines of the given range
+function! vimwiki#lst#toggle_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
+  return s:toggle_create_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, 100, 0, 0)
+endfunction
+
+
+"Toggles checkbox between [ ] and [-] or creates one
+"in the lines of the given range
+function! vimwiki#lst#toggle_rejected_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
+  return s:toggle_create_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, -1, 0, -1)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#remove_cb(first_line, last_line) abort
+  let first_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:first_line)
+  let last_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:last_line)
+
+  if first_item.type == 0 || last_item.type == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let parent_items_of_lines = []
+  let cur_ln = first_item.lnum
+  while 1
+    if cur_ln <= 0 || cur_ln > last_item.lnum | break | endif
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+    if cur_item.type != 0
+      let cur_item = s:remove_cb(cur_item)
+      let cur_parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
+      if index(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item) == -1
+        call insert(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item)
+      endif
+    endif
+    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
+  endwhile
+  for parent_item in parent_items_of_lines
+    call s:update_state(parent_item)
+  endfor
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#remove_cb_in_list() abort
+  let first_item = s:get_first_item_in_list(s:get_corresponding_item(line('.')), 0)
+
+  let cur_item = first_item
+  while 1
+    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 0)
+    let cur_item = s:remove_cb(cur_item)
+    if next_item.type == 0
+      break
+    else
+      let cur_item = next_item
+    endif
+  endwhile
+
+  call s:update_state(s:get_parent(first_item))
+endfunction
+
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" change the level of list items
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+function! s:set_indent(lnum, new_indent) abort
+  if &expandtab
+    let indentstring = repeat(' ', a:new_indent)
+  else
+    let indentstring = repeat('\t', a:new_indent / &tabstop) . repeat(' ', a:new_indent % &tabstop)
+  endif
+  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:lnum, '^\s*', indentstring)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:decrease_level(item) abort
+  let removed_indent = 0
+  if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') && a:item.type == 1 &&
+        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
+        \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)) > -1
+    if s:string_length(a:item.mrkr) >= 2
+      call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, s:first_char(a:item.mrkr), '')
+      let removed_indent = -1
+    endif
+  else
+    let old_indent = indent(a:item.lnum)
+    if &shiftround
+      let new_indent = (old_indent - 1) / vimwiki#u#sw() * vimwiki#u#sw()
+    else
+      let new_indent = old_indent - vimwiki#u#sw()
+    endif
+    call s:set_indent(a:item.lnum, new_indent)
+    let removed_indent = new_indent - old_indent
+  endif
+  return removed_indent
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:increase_level(item) abort
+  let additional_indent = 0
+  if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') && a:item.type == 1 &&
+        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
+        \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)) > -1
+    call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, a:item.mrkr, a:item.mrkr .
+          \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr))
+    let additional_indent = 1
+  else
+    let old_indent = indent(a:item.lnum)
+    if &shiftround
+      let new_indent = (old_indent / vimwiki#u#sw() + 1) * vimwiki#u#sw()
+    else
+      let new_indent = old_indent + vimwiki#u#sw()
+    endif
+    call s:set_indent(a:item.lnum, new_indent)
+    let additional_indent = new_indent - old_indent
+  endif
+  return additional_indent
+endfunction
+
+
+"adds a:indent_by to the current indent
+"a:indent_by can be negative
+function! s:indent_line_by(lnum, indent_by) abort
+  let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
+  if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') && item.type == 1 &&
+        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
+        \ s:first_char(item.mrkr)) > -1
+    if a:indent_by > 0
+      call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:lnum, item.mrkr, item.mrkr . s:first_char(item.mrkr))
+    elseif a:indent_by < 0
+      call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:lnum, s:first_char(item.mrkr), '')
+    endif
+  else
+    call s:set_indent(a:lnum, indent(a:lnum) + a:indent_by)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+"changes lvl of lines in selection
+function! s:change_level(from_line, to_line, direction, plus_children) abort
+  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
+  if from_item.type == 0
+    if a:direction ==# 'increase' && a:from_line == a:to_line && empty(getline(a:from_line))
+      "that's because :> doesn't work on an empty line
+      exe 'normal!' "gi\"
+    else
+      execute a:from_line.','.a:to_line.(a:direction ==# 'increase' ? '>' : '<')
+    endif
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if a:direction ==# 'decrease' && s:get_level(from_item.lnum) == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if a:from_line == a:to_line
+    if a:plus_children
+      let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(from_item)
+    else
+      let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item(from_item)
+    endif
+  else
+    let to_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:to_line)
+    if to_item.type == 0
+      let to_line = a:to_line
+    else
+      if a:plus_children
+        let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(to_item)
+      else
+        let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item(to_item)
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if to_line == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let to_be_adjusted = s:get_a_neighbor_item(from_item)
+  let old_parent = s:get_parent(from_item)
+  let first_line_level = s:get_level(from_item.lnum)
+  let more_than_one_level_concerned = 0
+
+  let first_line_indented_by = (a:direction ==# 'increase') ?
+        \ s:increase_level(from_item) : s:decrease_level(from_item)
+
+  let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(from_item.lnum)
+  while cur_ln > 0 && cur_ln <= to_line
+    if !more_than_one_level_concerned &&
+          \ s:get_level(cur_ln) != first_line_level &&
+          \ s:get_item(cur_ln).type != 0
+      let more_than_one_level_concerned = 1
+    endif
+    call s:indent_line_by(cur_ln, first_line_indented_by)
+    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln, 1)
+  endwhile
+
+  if a:from_line == a:to_line
+    call s:adjust_mrkr(from_item)
+  endif
+  call s:update_state(old_parent)
+  let from_item = s:get_item(from_item.lnum)
+  if from_item.cb !=? ''
+    call s:update_state(from_item)
+    call s:update_state(s:get_parent(from_item))
+  endif
+
+  if more_than_one_level_concerned
+    call vimwiki#lst#adjust_whole_buffer()
+  else
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(from_item, 0, 0)
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(to_be_adjusted, 0, 0)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#change_level(from_line, to_line, direction, plus_children) abort
+  let cur_col = col('$') - col('.')
+  call s:change_level(a:from_line, a:to_line, a:direction, a:plus_children)
+  call cursor('.', col('$') - cur_col)
+endfunction
+
+
+"indent line a:lnum to be the continuation of a:prev_item
+function! s:indent_multiline(prev_item, lnum) abort
+  if a:prev_item.type != 0
+    call s:set_indent(a:lnum, s:text_begin(a:prev_item.lnum))
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" change markers of list items
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+"Returns: the position of a marker in g:vimwiki_list_markers
+function! s:get_idx_list_markers(item) abort
+  if a:item.type == 1
+    let m = s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)
+  else
+    let m = s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(a:item) . a:item.mrkr[-1:]
+  endif
+  return index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers'), m)
+endfunction
+
+
+"changes the marker of the given item to the next in g:vimwiki_list_markers
+function! s:get_next_mrkr(item) abort
+  let markers = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')
+  if a:item.type == 0
+    let new_mrkr = markers[0]
+  else
+    let idx = s:get_idx_list_markers(a:item)
+    let new_mrkr = markers[(idx+1) % len(markers)]
+  endif
+  return new_mrkr
+endfunction
+
+
+"changes the marker of the given item to the previous in g:vimwiki_list_markers
+function! s:get_prev_mrkr(item) abort
+  let markers = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')
+  if a:item.type == 0
+    return markers[-1]
+  endif
+  let idx = s:get_idx_list_markers(a:item)
+  if idx == -1
+    return markers[-1]
+  else
+    return markers[(idx - 1 + len(markers)) % len(markers)]
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:set_new_mrkr(item, new_mrkr) abort
+  if a:item.type == 0
+    call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:item.lnum, '^\s*\zs\ze', a:new_mrkr.' ')
+    if indent(a:item.lnum) == 0 && !vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets')
+      call s:set_indent(a:item.lnum, vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin())
+    endif
+  else
+    call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, a:item.mrkr, a:new_mrkr)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#change_marker(from_line, to_line, new_mrkr, mode) abort
+  let cur_col_from_eol = col('$') - (a:mode ==# 'i' ? col("'^") : col('.'))
+  let new_mrkr = a:new_mrkr
+  let cur_ln = a:from_line
+  while 1
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
+
+    if new_mrkr ==# 'next'
+      let new_mrkr = s:get_next_mrkr(cur_item)
+    elseif new_mrkr ==# 'prev'
+      let new_mrkr = s:get_prev_mrkr(cur_item)
+    endif
+
+    "handle markers like ***
+    if index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'), s:first_char(new_mrkr)) > -1
+      "use *** if the item above has *** too
+      let item_above = s:get_prev_list_item(cur_item, 1)
+      if item_above.type == 1 && s:first_char(item_above.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(new_mrkr)
+        let new_mrkr = item_above.mrkr
+      else
+        "use *** if the item below has *** too
+        let item_below = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 1)
+        if item_below.type == 1 && s:first_char(item_below.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(new_mrkr)
+          let new_mrkr = item_below.mrkr
+        else
+          "if the old is ### and the new is * use ***
+          if cur_item.type == 1 &&
+                \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
+                \ s:first_char(cur_item.mrkr))>-1
+            let new_mrkr = repeat(new_mrkr, s:string_length(cur_item.mrkr))
+          else
+            "use *** if the parent item has **
+            let parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
+            if parent_item.type == 1 && s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(new_mrkr)
+              let new_mrkr = repeat(s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr),
+                    \ s:string_length(parent_item.mrkr)+1)
+            endif
+          endif
+        endif
+      endif
+
+    endif
+
+    call s:set_new_mrkr(cur_item, new_mrkr)
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(s:get_item(cur_ln), 1, 0)
+
+    if cur_ln >= a:to_line | break | endif
+    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln, 1)
+  endwhile
+
+  call cursor('.', col('$') - cur_col_from_eol)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#change_marker_in_list(new_mrkr) abort
+  let cur_item = s:get_corresponding_item(line('.'))
+  let first_item = s:get_first_item_in_list(cur_item, 0)
+  let last_item = s:get_last_item_in_list(cur_item, 0)
+  if first_item.type == 0 || last_item.type == 0 | return | endif
+  let first_item_line = first_item.lnum
+
+  let cur_item = first_item
+  while cur_item.type != 0 && cur_item.lnum <= last_item.lnum
+    call s:set_new_mrkr(cur_item, a:new_mrkr)
+    let cur_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 1)
+  endwhile
+
+  call s:adjust_numbered_list(s:get_item(first_item_line), 0, 0)
+endfunction
+
+
+"sets kind of the item depending on neighbor items and the parent item
+function! s:adjust_mrkr(item) abort
+  if a:item.type == 0 || vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets')
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let new_mrkr = a:item.mrkr
+  let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(a:item)
+  if neighbor_item.type != 0
+    let new_mrkr = neighbor_item.mrkr
+  endif
+
+  "if possible, set e.g. *** if parent has ** as marker
+  if neighbor_item.type == 0 && a:item.type == 1 &&
+        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
+        \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)) > -1
+    let parent_item = s:get_parent(a:item)
+    if parent_item.type == 1 && s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)
+      let new_mrkr = repeat(s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr), s:string_length(parent_item.mrkr)+1)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, a:item.mrkr, new_mrkr)
+  call s:adjust_numbered_list(a:item, 0, 1)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:clone_marker_from_to(from, to) abort
+  let item_from = s:get_item(a:from)
+  if item_from.type == 0 | return | endif
+  let new_mrkr = item_from.mrkr . ' '
+  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:to, '^\s*', new_mrkr)
+  let new_indent = ( vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') ? 0 : indent(a:from) )
+  call s:set_indent(a:to, new_indent)
+  if item_from.cb !=? ''
+    call s:create_cb(s:get_item(a:to), 0)
+    call s:update_state(s:get_parent(s:get_item(a:to)))
+  endif
+  if item_from.type == 2
+    let adjust_from = ( a:from < a:to ? a:from : a:to )
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list_below(s:get_item(adjust_from), 0)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:remove_mrkr(item) abort
+  let item = a:item
+  if item.cb !=? ''
+    let item = s:remove_cb(item)
+    let parent_item = s:get_parent(item)
+  else
+    let parent_item = s:empty_item()
+  endif
+  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(item.lnum, vimwiki#u#escape(item.mrkr).'\s*', '')
+  call remove(item, 'mrkr')
+  call remove(item, 'cb')
+  let item.type = 0
+  call s:update_state(parent_item)
+  return item
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:create_marker(lnum) abort
+  let new_sibling = s:get_corresponding_item(a:lnum)
+  if new_sibling.type == 0
+    let new_sibling = s:get_a_neighbor_item_in_column(a:lnum, virtcol('.'))
+  endif
+  if new_sibling.type != 0
+    call s:clone_marker_from_to(new_sibling.lnum, a:lnum)
+  else
+    let cur_item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
+    call s:set_new_mrkr(cur_item, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')[0])
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(cur_item, 0, 0)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" handle keys
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#kbd_o() abort
+  let fold_end = foldclosedend('.')
+  let lnum = (fold_end == -1) ? line('.') : fold_end
+  let cur_item = s:get_item(lnum)
+  let parent = s:get_corresponding_item(lnum)
+  "inserting and deleting the x is necessary
+  "because otherwise the indent is lost
+  exe 'normal!' "ox\"
+  if !vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(lnum)
+    if parent.type != 0
+      call s:clone_marker_from_to(parent.lnum, cur_item.lnum+1)
+    else
+      call s:indent_multiline(cur_item, cur_item.lnum+1)
+    endif
+  endif
+  startinsert!
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#kbd_O() abort
+  exe 'normal!' "Ox\"
+  let cur_ln = line('.')
+  if !vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(cur_ln)
+    if getline(cur_ln+1) !~# '^\s*$'
+      call s:clone_marker_from_to(cur_ln+1, cur_ln)
+    else
+      call s:clone_marker_from_to(cur_ln-1, cur_ln)
+    endif
+  endif
+  startinsert!
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:cr_on_empty_list_item(lnum, behavior) abort
+  if a:behavior == 1
+    "just make a new list item
+    exe 'normal!' "gi\\"
+    call s:clone_marker_from_to(a:lnum, a:lnum+1)
+    startinsert!
+    return
+  elseif a:behavior == 2
+    "insert new marker but remove marker in old line
+    call append(a:lnum-1, '')
+    startinsert!
+    return
+  elseif a:behavior == 3
+    "list is finished, but cursor stays in current line
+    let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
+    let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(item)
+    let child_item = s:get_first_child(item)
+    let parent_item = (item.cb !=? '') ? s:get_parent(item) : s:empty_item()
+    normal! "_cc
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(neighbor_item, 0, 0)
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 0, 0)
+    call s:update_state(parent_item)
+    startinsert
+    return
+  elseif a:behavior == 4
+    "list is finished, but cursor goes to next line
+    let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
+    let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(item)
+    let child_item = s:get_first_child(item)
+    let parent_item = (item.cb !=? '') ? s:get_parent(item) : s:empty_item()
+    exe 'normal!' "_cc\"
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(neighbor_item, 0, 0)
+    call s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 0, 0)
+    call s:update_state(parent_item)
+    startinsert
+    return
+  elseif a:behavior == 5
+    "successively decrease level
+    if s:get_level(a:lnum) > 0
+      call s:change_level(a:lnum, a:lnum, 'decrease', 0)
+      startinsert!
+    else
+      let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
+      let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(item)
+      let child_item = s:get_first_child(item)
+      let parent_item = (item.cb !=? '') ? s:get_parent(item) : s:empty_item()
+      normal! "_cc
+      call s:adjust_numbered_list(neighbor_item, 0, 0)
+      call s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 0, 0)
+      call s:update_state(parent_item)
+      startinsert
+    endif
+    return
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+function! s:cr_on_empty_line(lnum, behavior) abort
+  let lst = s:get_corresponding_item(a:lnum)
+
+  "inserting and deleting the x is necessary
+  "because otherwise the indent is lost
+  exe 'normal!' "gi\x\\"
+
+  if a:behavior == 2 || a:behavior == 3
+    if lst.type == 0 || vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(a:lnum)
+      " don't insert new bullet if not part of a list
+      return
+    else
+      call s:create_marker(a:lnum+1)
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:cr_on_list_item(lnum, insert_new_marker, not_at_eol) abort
+  if a:insert_new_marker
+    "the ultimate feature of this script: make new marker on 
+    exe 'normal!' "gi\\"
+    call s:clone_marker_from_to(a:lnum, a:lnum+1)
+    "tiny sweet extra feature: indent next line if current line ends with :
+    if !a:not_at_eol && getline(a:lnum) =~# ':$'
+      call s:change_level(a:lnum+1, a:lnum+1, 'increase', 0)
+    endif
+  else
+    " || (cur_item.lnum < s:get_last_line_of_item(cur_item))
+    "indent this line so that it becomes the continuation of the line above
+    exe 'normal!' "gi\\"
+    let prev_line = s:get_corresponding_item(s:get_prev_line(a:lnum+1))
+    call s:indent_multiline(prev_line, a:lnum+1)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#kbd_cr(normal, just_mrkr) abort
+  let lnum = line('.')
+  let has_bp = s:line_has_marker(lnum)
+
+  if has_bp != 0 && virtcol('.') < s:text_begin(lnum)
+    call append(lnum-1, '')
+    startinsert!
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if has_bp == 1
+    call s:cr_on_empty_list_item(lnum, a:just_mrkr)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let insert_new_marker = (a:normal == 1 || a:normal == 3)
+  if getline('.')[col("'^")-1:] =~# '^\s\+$'
+    let cur_col = 0
+  else
+    let cur_col = col('$') - col("'^")
+    if getline('.')[col("'^")-1] =~# '\s' && exists('*strdisplaywidth')
+      let ws_behind_cursor =
+            \ strdisplaywidth(matchstr(getline('.')[col("'^")-1:], '\s\+'),
+            \ virtcol("'^")-1)
+      let cur_col -= ws_behind_cursor
+    endif
+    if insert_new_marker && cur_col == 0 && getline(lnum) =~# '\s$'
+      let insert_new_marker = 0
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if has_bp == 0
+    call s:cr_on_empty_line(lnum, a:normal)
+  endif
+
+  if has_bp == 2
+    call s:cr_on_list_item(lnum, insert_new_marker, cur_col)
+  endif
+
+  call cursor(lnum+1, col('$') - cur_col)
+  if cur_col == 0
+    startinsert!
+  else
+    startinsert
+  endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+"creates a list item in the current line or removes it
+function! vimwiki#lst#toggle_list_item() abort
+  let cur_col_from_eol = col('$') - col("'^")
+  let cur_item = s:get_item(line('.'))
+
+  if cur_item.type == 0
+    call s:create_marker(cur_item.lnum)
+  else
+    let prev_item = s:get_prev_list_item(cur_item, 1)
+    if prev_item.type == 0
+      let prev_item = s:get_corresponding_item(s:get_prev_line(cur_item.lnum))
+    endif
+    let cur_item = s:remove_mrkr(cur_item)
+    let adjust_prev_item = (prev_item.type == 2 &&
+          \ s:get_level(cur_item.lnum) <= s:get_level(prev_item.lnum)) ? 1 : 0
+    call s:indent_multiline(prev_item, cur_item.lnum)
+    if adjust_prev_item
+      call s:adjust_numbered_list_below(prev_item, 0)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  "set cursor position s.t. it's on the same char as before
+  let new_cur_col = col('$') - cur_col_from_eol
+  call cursor(cur_item.lnum, new_cur_col >= 1 ? new_cur_col : 1)
+
+  if cur_col_from_eol == 0 || getline(cur_item.lnum) =~# '^\s*$'
+    startinsert!
+  else
+    startinsert
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" misc stuff
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#TO_list_item(inner, visual) abort
+  let lnum = prevnonblank('.')
+  let item = s:get_corresponding_item(lnum)
+  if item.type == 0
+    return
+  endif
+  let from_line = item.lnum
+  if a:inner
+    let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item(item)
+  else
+    let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(item)
+  endif
+  normal! V
+  call cursor(to_line, 0)
+  normal! o
+  call cursor(from_line, 0)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#lst#fold_level(lnum) abort
+  let cur_item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
+  if cur_item.type != 0
+    let parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
+    let child_item = s:get_first_child(cur_item)
+    let next_item = s:get_next_child_item(parent_item, cur_item)
+    if child_item.type != 0
+      return 'a1'
+    elseif next_item.type == 0
+        let c_indent = indent(a:lnum) / &shiftwidth
+        let n_indent = indent(a:lnum+1) / &shiftwidth
+        return 's' . (c_indent - n_indent)
+    endif
+  endif
+  return '='
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/markdown_base.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/markdown_base.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfbd140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/markdown_base.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
+" Description: Link functions for markdown syntax
+" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+
+
+function! s:safesubstitute(text, search, replace, mode) abort
+  " Substitute regexp but do not interpret replace
+  let escaped = escape(a:replace, '\&')
+  return substitute(a:text, a:search, escaped, a:mode)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#markdown_base#scan_reflinks() abort
+  let mkd_refs = {}
+  " construct list of references using vimgrep
+  try
+    " Why noautocmd? Because https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/121
+    noautocmd execute 'vimgrep #'.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMkdRef').'#j %'
+  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E480/   " No Match
+    "Ignore it, and move on to the next file
+  endtry
+
+  for d in getqflist()
+    let matchline = join(getline(d.lnum, min([d.lnum+1, line('$')])), ' ')
+    let descr = matchstr(matchline, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMkdRefMatchDescr'))
+    let url = matchstr(matchline, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMkdRefMatchUrl'))
+    if descr !=? '' && url !=? ''
+      let mkd_refs[descr] = url
+    endif
+  endfor
+  call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('markdown_refs', mkd_refs)
+  return mkd_refs
+endfunction
+
+
+" try markdown reference links
+function! vimwiki#markdown_base#open_reflink(link) abort
+  " echom "vimwiki#markdown_base#open_reflink"
+  let link = a:link
+  let mkd_refs = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('markdown_refs')
+  if has_key(mkd_refs, link)
+    let url = mkd_refs[link]
+    call vimwiki#base#system_open_link(url)
+    return 1
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:normalize_link_syntax_n() abort
+  let lnum = line('.')
+
+  " try WikiIncl
+  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl'))
+  if !empty(lnk)
+    " NO-OP !!
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " try WikiLink0: replace with WikiLink1
+  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink0'))
+  if !empty(lnk)
+    let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl'),
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr'),
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('WikiLink1Template2'))
+    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink0'), sub)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " try WikiLink1: replace with WikiLink0
+  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink1'))
+  if !empty(lnk)
+    let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl'),
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr'),
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2'))
+    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink1'), sub)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " try Weblink
+  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'))
+  if !empty(lnk)
+    let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl'),
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchDescr'),
+          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template'))
+    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'), sub)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " try Word (any characters except separators)
+  " rxWord is less permissive than rxWikiLinkUrl which is used in
+  " normalize_link_syntax_v
+  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord'))
+  if !empty(lnk)
+    if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p'))
+      let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(lnk)
+    else
+      let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
+            \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord'), '',
+            \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template'))
+    endif
+    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor('\V'.lnk, sub)
+    return
+  endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:normalize_link_syntax_v() abort
+  let lnum = line('.')
+  let sel_save = &selection
+  let &selection = 'old'
+  let rv = @"
+  let rt = getregtype('"')
+  let done = 0
+
+  try
+    norm! gvy
+    let visual_selection = @"
+
+    if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p'))
+      let link = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(visual_selection)
+    else
+      let link = s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template'),
+            \ '__LinkUrl__', visual_selection, '')
+    endif
+
+    " replace spaces with new character if option is set
+    let link = substitute(link, '\s', vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('links_space_char'), 'g')
+
+    let link = s:safesubstitute(link, '__LinkDescription__', visual_selection, '')
+    call setreg('"', substitute(link, '\n', '', ''), visualmode())
+
+    " paste result
+    norm! `>""pgvd
+
+  finally
+    call setreg('"', rv, rt)
+    let &selection = sel_save
+  endtry
+
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#markdown_base#normalize_link(is_visual_mode) abort
+  if 0
+    " Syntax-specific links
+  else
+    if !a:is_visual_mode
+      call s:normalize_link_syntax_n()
+    elseif line("'<") == line("'>")
+      " action undefined for multi-line visual mode selections
+      call s:normalize_link_syntax_v()
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/path.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/path.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0ce8eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/path.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
+" Description: Path manipulation functions
+" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+
+
+function! vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(str) abort
+  return substitute(a:str, '[/\\]\+$', '', '')
+endfunction
+
+
+" Define path-compare function, either case-sensitive or not, depending on OS.
+if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+  function! vimwiki#path#is_equal(p1, p2) abort
+    return a:p1 ==? a:p2
+  endfunction
+else
+  function! vimwiki#path#is_equal(p1, p2) abort
+    return a:p1 ==# a:p2
+  endfunction
+endif
+
+" collapse sections like /a/b/../c to /a/c and /a/b/./c to /a/b/c
+function! vimwiki#path#normalize(path) abort
+  let path = a:path
+  while 1
+    let intermediateResult = substitute(path, '/[^/]\+/\.\.', '', '')
+    let result = substitute(intermediateResult, '/\./', '/', '')
+    if result ==# path
+      break
+    endif
+    let path = result
+  endwhile
+  return result
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#path#path_norm(path) abort
+  " /-slashes
+  if a:path !~# '^scp:'
+    let path = substitute(a:path, '\', '/', 'g')
+    " treat multiple consecutive slashes as one path separator
+    let path = substitute(path, '/\+', '/', 'g')
+    " ensure that we are not fooled by a symbolic link
+    return resolve(path)
+  else
+    return a:path
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#path#is_link_to_dir(link) abort
+  " Check if link is to a directory.
+  " It should be ended with \ or /.
+  return a:link =~# '\m[/\\]$'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#path#abs_path_of_link(link) abort
+  return vimwiki#path#normalize(expand('%:p:h').'/'.a:link)
+endfunction
+
+
+" return longest common path prefix of 2 given paths.
+" '~/home/usrname/wiki', '~/home/usrname/wiki/shmiki' => '~/home/usrname/wiki'
+function! vimwiki#path#path_common_pfx(path1, path2) abort
+  let p1 = split(a:path1, '[/\\]', 1)
+  let p2 = split(a:path2, '[/\\]', 1)
+
+  let idx = 0
+  let minlen = min([len(p1), len(p2)])
+  while (idx < minlen) && vimwiki#path#is_equal(p1[idx], p2[idx])
+    let idx = idx + 1
+  endwhile
+  if idx == 0
+    return ''
+  else
+    return join(p1[: idx-1], '/')
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#path#wikify_path(path) abort
+  let result = resolve(fnamemodify(a:path, ':p'))
+  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+    let result = substitute(result, '\\', '/', 'g')
+  endif
+  let result = vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(result)
+  return result
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file() abort
+  return vimwiki#path#wikify_path(expand('%:p'))
+endfunction
+
+
+" Returns: the relative path from a:dir to a:file
+function! vimwiki#path#relpath(dir, file) abort
+  " Check if dir here ('.') -> return file
+  if empty(a:dir) || a:dir =~# '^\.[/\\]\?$'
+    return a:file
+  endif
+  let result = []
+  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+    " TODO temporary fix see #478
+    " not sure why paths get converted back to using forward slash
+    " when passed to the function in the form C:\path\to\file
+    let dir = substitute(a:dir, '/', '\', 'g')
+    let file = substitute(a:file, '/', '\', 'g')
+    let dir = split(dir, '\')
+    let file = split(file, '\')
+  else
+    let dir = split(a:dir, '/')
+    let file = split(a:file, '/')
+  endif
+  while (len(dir) > 0 && len(file) > 0) && vimwiki#path#is_equal(dir[0], file[0])
+    call remove(dir, 0)
+    call remove(file, 0)
+  endwhile
+  if empty(dir) && empty(file)
+    if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+      " TODO temporary fix see #478
+      return '.\'
+    else
+      return './'
+    endif
+  endif
+  for segment in dir
+    let result += ['..']
+  endfor
+  for segment in file
+    let result += [segment]
+  endfor
+  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+    " TODO temporary fix see #478
+    let result_path = join(result, '\')
+    if a:file =~? '\m\\$'
+      let result_path .= '\'
+    endif
+  else
+    let result_path = join(result, '/')
+    if a:file =~? '\m/$'
+      let result_path .= '/'
+    endif
+  endif
+  return result_path
+endfunction
+
+
+" If the optional argument provided and nonzero,
+" it will ask before creating a directory
+" Returns: 1 iff directory exists or successfully created
+function! vimwiki#path#mkdir(path, ...) abort
+  let path = expand(a:path)
+
+  if path =~# '^scp:'
+    " we can not do much, so let's pretend everything is ok
+    return 1
+  endif
+
+  if isdirectory(path)
+    return 1
+  else
+    if !exists('*mkdir')
+      return 0
+    endif
+
+    let path = vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(path)
+    if vimwiki#u#is_windows() && !empty(vimwiki#vars#get_global('w32_dir_enc'))
+      let path = iconv(path, &encoding, vimwiki#vars#get_global('w32_dir_enc'))
+    endif
+
+    if a:0 && a:1 && input('Vimwiki: Make new directory: '.path."\n [y]es/[N]o? ") !~? '^y'
+      return 0
+    endif
+
+    call mkdir(path, 'p')
+    return 1
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#path#is_absolute(path) abort
+  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+    return a:path =~? '\m^\a:'
+  else
+    return a:path =~# '\m^/\|\~/'
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" Combine a directory and a file into one path, doesn't generate duplicate
+" path separator in case the directory is also having an ending / or \. This
+" is because on windows ~\vimwiki//.tags is invalid but ~\vimwiki/.tags is a
+" valid path.
+if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+  function! vimwiki#path#join_path(directory, file) abort
+    let directory = vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(a:directory)
+    let file = substitute(a:file, '\m^[\\/]\+', '', '')
+    return directory . '/' . file
+  endfunction
+else
+  function! vimwiki#path#join_path(directory, file) abort
+    let directory = substitute(a:directory, '\m/\+$', '', '')
+    let file = substitute(a:file, '\m^/\+', '', '')
+    return directory . '/' . file
+  endfunction
+endif
+
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/style.css b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/style.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43d6b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+body {
+  font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, "Segoe UI", "Roboto", "Oxygen", "Ubuntu", "Cantarell", "Fira Sans", "Droid Sans", "Helvetica Neue", sans-serif;;
+  margin: 2em 4em 2em 4em;
+  font-size: 120%;
+  line-height: 130%;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  line-height:100%;
+  margin-top: 1.5em;
+  margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1 {font-size: 2em; color: #000000;}
+h2 {font-size: 1.8em; color: #404040;}
+h3 {font-size: 1.6em; color: #707070;}
+h4 {font-size: 1.4em; color: #909090;}
+h5 {font-size: 1.2em; color: #989898;}
+h6 {font-size: 1em; color: #9c9c9c;}
+
+p, pre, blockquote, table, ul, ol, dl {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+ul ul, ul ol, ol ol, ol ul {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+  margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+}
+
+li { margin: 0.3em auto; }
+
+ul {
+  margin-left: 2em;
+  padding-left: 0;
+}
+
+dt { font-weight: bold; }
+
+img { border: none; }
+
+pre {
+  border-left: 5px solid #dcdcdc;
+  background-color: #f5f5f5;
+  padding-left: 1em;
+  font-family: Monaco, "Courier New", "DejaVu Sans Mono", "Bitstream Vera Sans Mono", monospace;
+  font-size: 0.8em;
+  border-radius: 6px;
+}
+
+p > a {
+  color: white;
+  text-decoration: none;
+  font-size: 0.7em;
+  padding: 3px 6px;
+  border-radius: 3px;
+  background-color: #1e90ff;
+  text-transform: uppercase;
+  font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+p > a:hover {
+  color: #dcdcdc;
+  background-color: #484848;
+}
+
+li > a {
+  color: #1e90ff;
+  font-weight: bold;
+  text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+li > a:hover { color: #ff4500; }
+
+blockquote {
+  color: #686868;
+  font-size: 0.8em;
+  line-height: 120%;
+  padding: 0.8em;
+  border-left: 5px solid #dcdcdc;
+}
+
+th, td {
+  border: 1px solid #ccc;
+  padding: 0.3em;
+}
+
+th { background-color: #f0f0f0; }
+
+hr {
+  border: none;
+  border-top: 1px solid #ccc;
+  width: 100%;
+}
+
+del {
+  text-decoration: line-through;
+  color: #777777;
+}
+
+.toc li { list-style-type: none; }
+
+.todo {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  background-color: #ff4500 ;
+  color: white;
+  font-size: 0.8em;
+  padding: 3px 6px;
+  border-radius: 3px;
+}
+
+.justleft { text-align: left; }
+.justright { text-align: right; }
+.justcenter { text-align: center; }
+
+.center {
+  margin-left: auto;
+  margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.tag {
+  background-color: #eeeeee;
+  font-family: monospace;
+  padding: 2px;
+}
+
+.header a {
+  text-decoration: none;
+  color: inherit;
+}
+
+/* classes for items of todo lists */
+
+.rejected {
+  /* list-style: none; */
+  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAMAAAAMCGV4AAAACXBIWXMAAADFAAAAxQEdzbqoAAAAB3RJTUUH4QgEFhAtuWgv9wAAAPZQTFRFmpqam5iYnJaWnJeXnpSUn5OTopCQpoqKpouLp4iIqIiIrYCAt3V1vW1tv2xsmZmZmpeXnpKS/x4e/x8f/yAg/yIi/yQk/yUl/yYm/ygo/ykp/yws/zAw/zIy/zMz/zQ0/zU1/zY2/zw8/0BA/0ZG/0pK/1FR/1JS/1NT/1RU/1VV/1ZW/1dX/1pa/15e/19f/2Zm/2lp/21t/25u/3R0/3p6/4CA/4GB/4SE/4iI/46O/4+P/52d/6am/6ur/66u/7Oz/7S0/7e3/87O/9fX/9zc/93d/+Dg/+vr/+3t/+/v//Dw//Ly//X1//f3//n5//z8////gzaKowAAAA90Uk5T/Pz8/Pz8/Pz8/Pz8/f39ppQKWQAAAAFiS0dEEnu8bAAAAACuSURBVAhbPY9ZF4FQFEZPSKbIMmWep4gMGTKLkIv6/3/GPbfF97b3w17rA0kQOPgvAeHW6uJ6+5h7HqLdwowgOzejXRXBdx6UdSru216xuOMBHHNU0clTzeSUA6EhF8V8kqroluMiU6HKcuf4phGPr1o2q9kYZWwNq1qfRRmTaXpqsyjj17KkWCxKBUBgXWueHIyiAIg18gsse4KHkLF5IKIY10WQgv7fOy4ST34BRiopZ8WLNrgAAAAASUVORK5CYII=);
+  background-repeat: no-repeat;
+  background-position: 0 .2em;
+  padding-left: 1.5em;
+}
+.done0 {
+  /* list-style: none; */
+  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAAA7SURBVCiR7dMxEgAgCANBI3yVRzF5KxNbW6wsuH7LQ2YKQK1mkswBVERYF5Os3UV3gwd/jF2SkXy66gAZkxS6BniubAAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==);
+  background-repeat: no-repeat;
+  background-position: 0 .2em;
+  padding-left: 1.5em;
+}
+.done1 {
+  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAABtSURBVCiR1ZO7DYAwDER9BDmTeZQMFXmUbGYpOjrEryA0wOvO8itOslFrJYAug5BMM4BeSkmjsrv3aVTa8p48Xw1JSkSsWVUFwD05IqS1tmYzk5zzae9jnVVVzGyXb8sALjse+euRkEzu/uirFomVIdDGOLjuAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC);
+  background-repeat: no-repeat;
+  background-position: 0 .15em;
+  padding-left: 1.5em;
+}
+.done2 {
+  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAAB1SURBVCiRzdO5DcAgDAVQGxjAYgTvxlDIu1FTIRYAp8qlFISkSH7l5kk+ZIwxKiI2mIyqWoeILYRgZ7GINDOLjnmF3VqklKCUMgTee2DmM661Qs55iI3Zm/1u5h9sm4ig9z4ERHTFzLyd4G4+nFlVrYg8+qoF/c0kdpeMsmcAAAAASUVORK5CYII=);
+  background-repeat: no-repeat;
+  background-position: 0 .15em;
+  padding-left: 1.5em;
+}
+.done3 {
+  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAABoSURBVCiR7dOxDcAgDATA/0DtUdiKoZC3YhLkHjkVKF3idJHiztKfvrHZWnOSE8Fx95RJzlprimJVnXktvXeY2S0SEZRSAAAbmxnGGKH2I5T+8VfxPhIReQSuuY3XyYWa3T2p6quvOgGrvSFGlewuUAAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==);
+  background-repeat: no-repeat;
+  background-position: 0 .15em;
+  padding-left: 1.5em;
+}
+.done4 {
+  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,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);
+  background-repeat: no-repeat;
+  background-position: 0 .15em;
+  padding-left: 1.5em;
+}
+
+code {
+  font-family: Monaco, "Courier New", "DejaVu Sans Mono", "Bitstream Vera Sans Mono", monospace;
+  -webkit-border-radius: 1px;
+  -moz-border-radius: 1px;
+  border-radius: 1px;
+  -moz-background-clip: padding;
+  -webkit-background-clip: padding-box;
+  background-clip: padding-box;
+  padding: 0px 3px;
+  display: inline-block;
+  color: #52595d;
+  border: 1px solid #ccc;
+  background-color: #f9f9f9;
+}
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tags.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tags.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3ac93f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tags.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
+
+
+let s:TAGS_METADATA_FILE_NAME = '.vimwiki_tags'
+
+
+
+" Tags metadata in-memory format:
+" metadata := { 'pagename': [entries, ...] }
+" entry := { 'tagname':..., 'lineno':..., 'link':... }
+
+" Tags metadata in-file format:
+"
+" Is based on CTags format (see |tags-file-format|).
+"
+" {tagaddress} is set to lineno.  We'll let vim search by exact line number; we
+" can afford that, we assume metadata file is always updated before use.
+"
+" Pagename and link are not saved in standard ctags fields, so we'll add
+" an optional field, "vimwiki:".  In this field, we encode tab-separated values
+" of missing parameters -- "pagename" and "link".
+
+
+
+"   Update tags metadata.
+"   a:full_rebuild == 1: re-scan entire wiki
+"   a:full_rebuild == 0: only re-scan current page
+"   a:all_files == '':   only if the file is newer than .tags
+function! vimwiki#tags#update_tags(full_rebuild, all_files) abort
+  let all_files = a:all_files !=? ''
+  if !a:full_rebuild
+    " Updating for one page (current)
+    let page_name = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') . expand('%:t:r')
+    " Collect tags in current file
+    let tags = s:scan_tags(getline(1, '$'), page_name)
+    " Load metadata file
+    let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
+    " Drop old tags
+    let metadata = s:remove_page_from_tags(metadata, page_name)
+    " Merge in the new ones
+    let metadata = s:merge_tags(metadata, page_name, tags)
+    " Save
+    call s:write_tags_metadata(metadata)
+  else " full rebuild
+    let files = vimwiki#base#find_files(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr'), 0)
+    let wiki_base_dir = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path')
+    let tags_file_last_modification = getftime(vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path())
+    let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
+    for file in files
+      if all_files || getftime(file) >= tags_file_last_modification
+        let subdir = vimwiki#base#subdir(wiki_base_dir, file)
+        let page_name = subdir . fnamemodify(file, ':t:r')
+        let tags = s:scan_tags(readfile(file), page_name)
+        let metadata = s:remove_page_from_tags(metadata, page_name)
+        let metadata = s:merge_tags(metadata, page_name, tags)
+      endif
+    endfor
+    call s:write_tags_metadata(metadata)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:safesubstitute(text, search, replace, mode) abort
+  " Substitute regexp but do not interpret replace
+  let escaped = escape(a:replace, '\&')
+  return substitute(a:text, a:search, escaped, a:mode)
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Scans the list of text lines (argument) and produces tags metadata as a list of tag entries.
+function! s:scan_tags(lines, page_name) abort
+
+  let entries = []
+
+  " Code wireframe to scan for headers -- borrowed from
+  " vimwiki#base#get_anchors(), with minor modifications.
+
+  let rxheader = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('header_search')
+  let rxtag = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('tag_search')
+
+  let anchor_level = ['', '', '', '', '', '', '']
+  let current_complete_anchor = ''
+
+  let PROXIMITY_LINES_NR = 2
+  let header_line_nr = - (2 * PROXIMITY_LINES_NR)
+
+  for line_nr in range(1, len(a:lines))
+    let line = a:lines[line_nr - 1]
+
+    " ignore verbatim blocks
+    if vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(line_nr)
+      continue
+    endif
+
+    " process headers
+    let h_match = matchlist(line, rxheader)
+    if !empty(h_match) " got a header
+      let header_line_nr = line_nr
+      let header = vimwiki#u#trim(h_match[2])
+      let level = len(h_match[1])
+      let anchor_level[level-1] = header
+      for l in range(level, 6)
+        let anchor_level[l] = ''
+      endfor
+      if level == 1
+        let current_complete_anchor = header
+      else
+        let current_complete_anchor = ''
+        for l in range(level-1)
+          if anchor_level[l] !=? ''
+            let current_complete_anchor .= anchor_level[l].'#'
+          endif
+        endfor
+        let current_complete_anchor .= header
+      endif
+      continue " tags are not allowed in headers
+    endif
+
+    " Scan line for tags.  There can be many of them.
+    let str = line
+    while 1
+      let tag_group = matchstr(str, rxtag)
+      if tag_group ==? ''
+        break
+      endif
+      let tagend = matchend(str, rxtag)
+      let str = str[(tagend):]
+      for tag in split(tag_group, ':')
+        " Create metadata entry
+        let entry = {}
+        let entry.tagname  = tag
+        let entry.lineno   = line_nr
+        if line_nr <= PROXIMITY_LINES_NR && header_line_nr < 0
+          " Tag appeared at the top of the file
+          let entry.link   = a:page_name
+        elseif line_nr <= (header_line_nr + PROXIMITY_LINES_NR)
+          " Tag appeared right below a header
+          let entry.link   = a:page_name . '#' . current_complete_anchor
+        else
+          " Tag stands on its own
+          let entry.link   = a:page_name . '#' . tag
+        endif
+        call add(entries, entry)
+      endfor
+    endwhile
+
+  endfor " loop over lines
+  return entries
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Returns tags metadata file path
+function! vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path() abort
+  return fnamemodify(vimwiki#path#join_path(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'),
+        \ s:TAGS_METADATA_FILE_NAME), ':p')
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Loads tags metadata from file, returns a dictionary
+function! s:load_tags_metadata() abort
+  let metadata_path = vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path()
+  if !filereadable(metadata_path)
+    return {}
+  endif
+  let metadata = {}
+  for line in readfile(metadata_path)
+    if line =~# '^!_TAG_.*$'
+      continue
+    endif
+    let parts = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-}\);"\(.*\)$')
+    if parts[0] ==? '' || parts[1] ==? '' || parts[2] ==? ''
+      throw 'VimwikiTags1: Metadata file corrupted'
+    endif
+    let std_fields = split(parts[1], '\t')
+    if len(std_fields) != 3
+      throw 'VimwikiTags2: Metadata file corrupted'
+    endif
+    let vw_part = parts[2]
+    if vw_part[0] !=? "\t"
+      throw 'VimwikiTags3: Metadata file corrupted'
+    endif
+    let vw_fields = split(vw_part[1:], "\t")
+    if len(vw_fields) != 1 || vw_fields[0] !~# '^vimwiki:'
+      throw 'VimwikiTags4: Metadata file corrupted'
+    endif
+    let vw_data = substitute(vw_fields[0], '^vimwiki:', '', '')
+    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\n', "\n", 'g')
+    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\r', "\r", 'g')
+    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\t', "\t", 'g')
+    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\\\', "\\", 'g')
+    let vw_fields = split(vw_data, "\t")
+    if len(vw_fields) != 2
+      throw 'VimwikiTags5: Metadata file corrupted'
+    endif
+    let pagename = vw_fields[0]
+    let entry = {}
+    let entry.tagname  = std_fields[0]
+    let entry.lineno   = std_fields[2]
+    let entry.link     = vw_fields[1]
+    if has_key(metadata, pagename)
+      call add(metadata[pagename], entry)
+    else
+      let metadata[pagename] = [entry]
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return metadata
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Removes all entries for given page from metadata in-place.  Returns updated
+"   metadata (just in case).
+function! s:remove_page_from_tags(metadata, page_name) abort
+  if has_key(a:metadata, a:page_name)
+    call remove(a:metadata, a:page_name)
+    return a:metadata
+  else
+    return a:metadata
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Merges metadata of one file into a:metadata
+function! s:merge_tags(metadata, pagename, file_metadata) abort
+  let metadata = a:metadata
+  let metadata[a:pagename] = a:file_metadata
+  return metadata
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Compares two actual lines from tags file.  Return value is in strcmp style.
+"   See help on sort() -- that's what this function is going to be used for.
+"   See also s:write_tags_metadata below -- that's where we compose these tags
+"   file lines.
+"
+"   This function is needed for tags sorting, since plain sort() compares line
+"   numbers as strings, not integers, and so, for example, tag at line 14
+"   preceeds the same tag on the same page at line 9.  (Because string "14" is
+"   alphabetically 'less than' string "9".)
+function! s:tags_entry_cmp(i1, i2) abort
+  let items = []
+  for orig_item in [a:i1, a:i2]
+    let fields = split(orig_item, "\t")
+    let item = {}
+    let item.text = fields[0]."\t".fields[1]
+    let item.lineno = 0 + matchstr(fields[2], '\m\d\+')
+    call add(items, item)
+  endfor
+  if items[0].text ># items[1].text
+    return 1
+  elseif items[0].text <# items[1].text
+    return -1
+  elseif items[0].lineno > items[1].lineno
+    return 1
+  elseif items[0].lineno < items[1].lineno
+    return -1
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Saves metadata object into a file. Throws exceptions in case of problems.
+function! s:write_tags_metadata(metadata) abort
+  let metadata_path = vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path()
+  let tags = []
+  for pagename in keys(a:metadata)
+    for entry in a:metadata[pagename]
+      let entry_data = pagename . "\t" . entry.link
+      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\\", '\\\\', 'g')
+      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\t", '\\t', 'g')
+      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\r", '\\r', 'g')
+      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\n", '\\n', 'g')
+      call add(tags,
+            \   entry.tagname  . "\t"
+            \ . pagename . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') . "\t"
+            \ . entry.lineno
+            \ . ';"'
+            \ . "\t" . 'vimwiki:' . entry_data
+            \)
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  call sort(tags, 's:tags_entry_cmp')
+  let tag_comments = [
+    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_VERSION\t2.5",
+    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_URL\thttps://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki",
+    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_NAME\tVimwiki Tags",
+    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_AUTHOR\tVimwiki",
+    \ "!_TAG_OUTPUT_MODE\tvimwiki-tags",
+    \ "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED\t1",
+    \ "!_TAG_FILE_FORMAT\t2",
+    \ ]
+  for c in tag_comments
+    call insert(tags, c)
+  endfor
+  call writefile(tags, metadata_path)
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Returns list of unique tags found in the .tags file
+function! vimwiki#tags#get_tags() abort
+  let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
+  let tags = {}
+  for entries in values(metadata)
+    for entry in entries
+      let tags[entry.tagname] = 1
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  return keys(tags)
+endfunction
+
+
+"   Similar to vimwiki#base#generate_links.  In the current buffer, appends
+"   tags and references to all their instances.  If no arguments (tags) are
+"   specified, outputs all tags.
+function! vimwiki#tags#generate_tags(create, ...) abort
+  let specific_tags = a:000
+  let header_level = vimwiki#vars#get_global('tags_header_level')
+
+  " use a dictionary function for closure like capability
+  " copy all local variables into dict (add a: if arguments are needed)
+  let GeneratorTags = copy(l:)
+  function! GeneratorTags.f() abort
+    let need_all_tags = empty(self.specific_tags)
+    let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
+
+    " make a dictionary { tag_name: [tag_links, ...] }
+    let tags_entries = {}
+    for entries in values(metadata)
+      for entry in entries
+        if has_key(tags_entries, entry.tagname)
+          call add(tags_entries[entry.tagname], entry.link)
+        else
+          let tags_entries[entry.tagname] = [entry.link]
+        endif
+      endfor
+      unlet entry " needed for older vims with sticky type checking since name is reused
+    endfor
+
+    let lines = []
+    let bullet = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()).vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' '
+    for tagname in sort(keys(tags_entries))
+      if need_all_tags || index(self.specific_tags, tagname) != -1
+        if len(lines) > 0
+          call add(lines, '')
+        endif
+
+        let tag_tpl = printf('rxH%d_Template', self.header_level + 1)
+        call add(lines, s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(tag_tpl), '__Header__', tagname, ''))
+
+        if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown'
+          for _ in range(vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_header_style'))
+            call add(lines, '')
+          endfor
+        endif
+
+        for taglink in sort(tags_entries[tagname])
+          if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown'
+            let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink3Template')
+            let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(taglink)
+            if empty(link_infos.anchor)
+              let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template')
+              let entry = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', taglink, '')
+              let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', taglink, '')
+            else
+              let link_caption = split(link_infos.anchor, '#', 0)[-1]
+              let link_text = split(taglink, '#', 1)[0]
+              let entry = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', link_text, '')
+              let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkAnchor__', link_infos.anchor, '')
+              let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', link_caption, '')
+            endif
+
+            call add(lines, bullet . entry)
+          else
+            let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1')
+            call add(lines, bullet . substitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', taglink, ''))
+          endif
+        endfor
+      endif
+    endfor
+
+    return lines
+  endfunction
+
+  let tag_match = printf('rxH%d', header_level + 1)
+  let links_rx = '^\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(tag_match).'\)\|'.
+        \ '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)'
+
+  call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer(
+        \ GeneratorTags,
+        \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('tags_header'),
+        \ links_rx,
+        \ line('$')+1,
+        \ header_level,
+        \ a:create)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tags#complete_tags(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos) abort
+  " We can safely ignore args if we use -custom=complete option, Vim engine
+  " will do the job of filtering.
+  let taglist = vimwiki#tags#get_tags()
+  return join(taglist, "\n")
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tbl.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tbl.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b26a89d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tbl.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,861 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
+" Description: Tables
+" | Easily | manageable | text  | tables | !       |
+" |--------|------------|-------|--------|---------|
+" | Have   | fun!       | Drink | tea    | Period. |
+"
+" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+
+
+
+if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_tbl_auto') || &compatible
+  finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_vimwiki_tbl_auto = 1
+
+
+let s:textwidth = &textwidth
+
+
+function! s:rxSep() abort
+  return vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxTableSep')
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:wide_len(str) abort
+  " vim73 has new function that gives correct string width.
+  if exists('*strdisplaywidth')
+    return strdisplaywidth(a:str)
+  endif
+
+  " get str display width in vim ver < 7.2
+  if !vimwiki#vars#get_global('CJK_length')
+    let ret = strlen(substitute(a:str, '.', 'x', 'g'))
+  else
+    let savemodified = &modified
+    let save_cursor = getpos('.')
+    exe "norm! o\"
+    call setline(line('.'), a:str)
+    let ret = virtcol('$') - 1
+    d
+    call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+    let &modified = savemodified
+  endif
+  return ret
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:cell_splitter() abort
+  return '\s*'.s:rxSep().'\s*'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:sep_splitter() abort
+  return '-'.s:rxSep().'-'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:is_table(line) abort
+  return s:is_separator(a:line) ||
+        \ (a:line !~# s:rxSep().s:rxSep() && a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep().'.\+'.s:rxSep().'\s*$')
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:is_separator(line) abort
+  return a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep().'\(:\=--\+:\='.s:rxSep().'\)\+\s*$'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:is_separator_tail(line) abort
+  return a:line =~# '^\{-1}\%(\s*\|-*\)\%('.s:rxSep().'-\+\)\+'.s:rxSep().'\s*$'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:is_last_column(lnum, cnum) abort
+  let line = strpart(getline(a:lnum), a:cnum - 1)
+  return line =~# s:rxSep().'\s*$'  && line !~# s:rxSep().'.*'.s:rxSep().'\s*$'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:is_first_column(lnum, cnum) abort
+  let line = strpart(getline(a:lnum), 0, a:cnum - 1)
+  return line =~# '^\s*$' ||
+        \ (line =~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep() && line !~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep().'.*'.s:rxSep())
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:count_separators_up(lnum) abort
+  let lnum = a:lnum - 1
+  while lnum > 1
+    if !s:is_separator(getline(lnum))
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum -= 1
+  endwhile
+
+  return (a:lnum-lnum)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:count_separators_down(lnum) abort
+  let lnum = a:lnum + 1
+  while lnum < line('$')
+    if !s:is_separator(getline(lnum))
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum += 1
+  endwhile
+
+  return (lnum-a:lnum)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:create_empty_row(cols) abort
+  let row = s:rxSep()
+  let cell = '   '.s:rxSep()
+
+  for c in range(a:cols)
+    let row .= cell
+  endfor
+
+  return row
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:create_row_sep(cols) abort
+  let row = s:rxSep()
+  let cell = '---'.s:rxSep()
+
+  for c in range(a:cols)
+    let row .= cell
+  endfor
+
+  return row
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(line, ...) abort
+  let result = []
+  let state = 'NONE'
+  let cell_start = 0
+  let quote_start = 0
+  let len = strlen(a:line) - 1
+
+  " 'Simple' FSM
+  while state !=# 'CELL'
+    if quote_start != 0 && state !=# 'CELL'
+      let state = 'CELL'
+    endif
+    for idx in range(quote_start, len)
+      " The only way I know Vim can do Unicode...
+      let ch = a:line[idx]
+      if state ==# 'NONE'
+        if ch ==# '|'
+          let cell_start = idx + 1
+          let state = 'CELL'
+        endif
+      elseif state ==# 'CELL'
+        if ch ==# '[' || ch ==# '{'
+          let state = 'BEFORE_QUOTE_START'
+          let quote_start = idx
+        elseif ch ==# '|'
+          let cell = strpart(a:line, cell_start, idx - cell_start)
+          if a:0 && a:1
+            let cell = substitute(cell, '^ \(.*\) $', '\1', '')
+          else
+            let cell = vimwiki#u#trim(cell)
+          endif
+          call add(result, cell)
+          let cell_start = idx + 1
+        endif
+      elseif state ==# 'BEFORE_QUOTE_START'
+        if ch ==# '[' || ch ==# '{'
+          let state = 'QUOTE'
+          let quote_start = idx
+        else
+          let state = 'CELL'
+        endif
+      elseif state ==# 'QUOTE'
+        if ch ==# ']' || ch ==# '}'
+          let state = 'BEFORE_QUOTE_END'
+        endif
+      elseif state ==# 'BEFORE_QUOTE_END'
+        if ch ==# ']' || ch ==# '}'
+          let state = 'CELL'
+        endif
+      endif
+    endfor
+    if state ==# 'NONE'
+      break
+    endif
+  endwhile
+
+  return result
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:col_count(lnum) abort
+  return len(vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(getline(a:lnum)))
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_indent(lnum, depth) abort
+  if !s:is_table(getline(a:lnum))
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let indent = 0
+
+  let lnum = a:lnum - 1
+  while lnum > 1
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if !s:is_table(line)
+      let indent = indent(lnum+1)
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum -= 1
+    if a:depth > 0 && lnum < a:lnum - a:depth
+      break
+    endif
+  endwhile
+
+  return indent
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_rows(lnum, ...) abort
+  if !s:is_table(getline(a:lnum))
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let rows = []
+
+  let lnum = a:lnum - 1
+  let depth = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : 0
+  let ldepth = 0
+  while lnum >= 1 && (depth == 0 || ldepth < depth)
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if s:is_table(line)
+      call insert(rows, [lnum, line])
+    else
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum -= 1
+    let ldepth += 1
+  endwhile
+
+  let lnum = a:lnum
+  while lnum <= line('$')
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if s:is_table(line)
+      call add(rows, [lnum, line])
+    else
+      break
+    endif
+    if depth > 0
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum += 1
+  endwhile
+
+  return rows
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_cell_aligns(lnum, ...) abort
+  let aligns = {}
+  let depth = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : 0
+  for [lnum, row] in s:get_rows(a:lnum, depth)
+    if s:is_separator(row)
+      let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row)
+      for idx in range(len(cells))
+        let cell = cells[idx]
+        if cell =~# '^--\+:'
+          let aligns[idx] = 'right'
+        elseif cell =~# '^:--\+:'
+          let aligns[idx] = 'center'
+        else
+          let aligns[idx] = 'left'
+        endif
+      endfor
+    else
+      let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row)
+      for idx in range(len(cells))
+        if !has_key(aligns, idx)
+          let aligns[idx] = 'left'
+        endif
+      endfor
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return aligns
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_cell_aligns_fast(rows) abort
+  let aligns = {}
+  let clen = 0
+  for [lnum, row] in a:rows
+    if s:is_separator(row)
+      return s:get_cell_aligns(lnum, 1)
+    endif
+    let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row, 1)
+    let clen = len(cells)
+    for idx in range(clen)
+      let cell = cells[idx]
+      if !has_key(aligns, idx)
+        let cs = matchlist(cell, '^\(\s*\)[^[:space:]].\{-}\(\s*\)$')
+        if !empty(cs)
+          let lstart = len(cs[1])
+          let lend = len(cs[2])
+          if lstart > 0 && lend > 0
+            let aligns[idx] = 'center'
+          elseif lend > 0
+            let aligns[idx] = 'left'
+          elseif lstart > 0
+            let aligns[idx] = 'right'
+          endif
+        endif
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  for idx in range(clen)
+    if !has_key(aligns, idx)
+      return {}
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return aligns
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_cell_max_lens(lnum, ...) abort
+  let max_lens = {}
+  let rows = a:0 > 2 ? a:3 : s:get_rows(a:lnum)
+  for [lnum, row] in rows
+    if s:is_separator(row)
+      continue
+    endif
+    let cells = a:0 > 1 ? a:1[lnum - a:2] : vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row)
+    for idx in range(len(cells))
+      let value = cells[idx]
+      if has_key(max_lens, idx)
+        let max_lens[idx] = max([s:wide_len(value), max_lens[idx]])
+      else
+        let max_lens[idx] = s:wide_len(value)
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  return max_lens
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:get_aligned_rows(lnum, col1, col2, depth) abort
+  let rows = []
+  let aligns = {}
+  let startlnum = 0
+  let cells = []
+  let max_lens = {}
+  let check_all = 1
+  if a:depth > 0
+    let rows = s:get_rows(a:lnum, a:depth)
+    let startlnum = rows[0][0]
+    let lrows = len(rows)
+    if lrows == a:depth + 1
+      let line = rows[-1][1]
+      if !s:is_separator(line)
+        let lcells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(line)
+        let lclen = len(lcells)
+        let lmax_lens = repeat([0], lclen)
+        let laligns = repeat(['left'], lclen)
+        let rows[-1][1] = s:fmt_row(lcells, lmax_lens, laligns, 0, 0)
+      endif
+      let i = 1
+      for [lnum, row] in rows
+        call add(cells, vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row, i != lrows - 1))
+        let i += 1
+      endfor
+      let max_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(a:lnum, cells, startlnum, rows)
+      " user option not to expand last call
+      if vimwiki#vars#get_global('table_reduce_last_col')
+        let last_index = keys(max_lens)[-1]
+        let max_lens[last_index] = 1
+      endif
+      let fst_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(a:lnum, cells, startlnum, rows[0:0])
+      let check_all = max_lens != fst_lens
+      let aligns = s:get_cell_aligns_fast(rows[0:-2])
+      let rows[-1][1] = line
+    endif
+  endif
+  if check_all
+    " all the table must be re-formatted
+    let rows = s:get_rows(a:lnum)
+    let startlnum = rows[0][0]
+    let cells = []
+    for [lnum, row] in rows
+      call add(cells, vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row))
+    endfor
+    let max_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(a:lnum, cells, startlnum, rows)
+    " user option not to expand last call
+    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('table_reduce_last_col')
+      let last_index = keys(max_lens)[-1]
+      let max_lens[last_index] = 1
+    endif
+  endif
+  if empty(aligns)
+    let aligns = s:get_cell_aligns(a:lnum)
+  endif
+  let result = []
+  for [lnum, row] in rows
+    if s:is_separator(row)
+      let new_row = s:fmt_sep(max_lens, aligns, a:col1, a:col2)
+    else
+      let new_row = s:fmt_row(cells[lnum - startlnum], max_lens, aligns,  a:col1, a:col2)
+    endif
+    call add(result, [lnum, new_row])
+  endfor
+  return result
+endfunction
+
+
+" Number of the current column. Starts from 0.
+function! s:cur_column() abort
+  let line = getline('.')
+  if !s:is_table(line)
+    return -1
+  endif
+  " TODO: do we need conditional: if s:is_separator(line)
+
+  let curs_pos = col('.')
+  let mpos = match(line, s:rxSep(), 0)
+  let col = -1
+  while mpos < curs_pos && mpos != -1
+    let mpos = match(line, s:rxSep(), mpos+1)
+    if mpos != -1
+      let col += 1
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  return col
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:fmt_cell(cell, max_len, align) abort
+  let cell = ' '.a:cell.' '
+
+  let diff = a:max_len - s:wide_len(a:cell)
+  if diff == 0 && empty(a:cell)
+    let diff = 1
+  endif
+  if a:align ==# 'left'
+    let cell .= repeat(' ', diff)
+  elseif a:align ==# 'right'
+    let cell = repeat(' ',diff).cell
+  else
+    let cell = repeat(' ',diff/2).cell.repeat(' ',diff-diff/2)
+  endif
+  return cell
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:fmt_row(cells, max_lens, aligns, col1, col2) abort
+  let new_line = s:rxSep()
+  for idx in range(len(a:cells))
+    if idx == a:col1
+      let idx = a:col2
+    elseif idx == a:col2
+      let idx = a:col1
+    endif
+    let value = a:cells[idx]
+    let new_line .= s:fmt_cell(value, a:max_lens[idx], a:aligns[idx]).s:rxSep()
+  endfor
+
+  let idx = len(a:cells)
+  while idx < len(a:max_lens)
+    let new_line .= s:fmt_cell('', a:max_lens[idx], a:aligns[idx]).s:rxSep()
+    let idx += 1
+  endwhile
+  return new_line
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:fmt_cell_sep(max_len, align) abort
+  let cell = ''
+  if a:max_len == 0
+    let cell .= '-'
+  else
+    let cell .= repeat('-', a:max_len)
+  endif
+  if a:align ==# 'right'
+    return cell.'-:'
+  elseif a:align ==# 'left'
+    return cell.'--'
+  else
+    return ':'.cell.':'
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:fmt_sep(max_lens, aligns, col1, col2) abort
+  let new_line = s:rxSep()
+  for idx in range(len(a:max_lens))
+    if idx == a:col1
+      let idx = a:col2
+    elseif idx == a:col2
+      let idx = a:col1
+    endif
+    let new_line .= s:fmt_cell_sep(a:max_lens[idx], a:aligns[idx]).s:rxSep()
+  endfor
+  return new_line
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, goto_first) abort
+  let cmd = "\o".s:create_empty_row(a:cols)
+  let cmd .= "\:call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'), 2)\"
+  let cmd .= "\0"
+  if a:goto_first
+    let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'c', line('.'))\"
+  else
+    let cmd .= (col('.')-1).'l'
+    let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\"
+  endif
+  let cmd .= 'a'
+
+  return cmd
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:kbd_goto_next_row() abort
+  let cmd = "\j"
+  let cmd .= ":call search('.\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)', 'c', line('.'))\"
+  let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\"
+  let cmd .= 'a'
+  return cmd
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:kbd_goto_prev_row() abort
+  let cmd = "\k"
+  let cmd .= ":call search('.\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)', 'c', line('.'))\"
+  let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\"
+  let cmd .= 'a'
+  return cmd
+endfunction
+
+
+" Used in s:kbd_goto_next_col
+function! vimwiki#tbl#goto_next_col() abort
+  let curcol = virtcol('.')
+  let lnum = line('.')
+  let depth = 2
+  let newcol = s:get_indent(lnum, depth)
+  let rows = s:get_rows(lnum, depth)
+  let startlnum = rows[0][0]
+  let cells = []
+  for [lnum, row] in rows
+    call add(cells, vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row, 1))
+  endfor
+  let max_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(lnum, cells, startlnum, rows)
+  for cell_len in values(max_lens)
+    if newcol >= curcol-1
+      break
+    endif
+    let newcol += cell_len + 3 " +3 == 2 spaces + 1 separator |...
+  endfor
+  let newcol += 2 " +2 == 1 separator + 1 space |...
+    if newcol + delta > curcol-1
+      let newcol -= (prev_cell_len + 3) " +3 == 2 spaces + 1 separator |...
+      break
+    elseif newcol + delta == curcol-1
+      break
+    endif
+    let prev_cell_len = cell_len
+    let newcol += delta
+  endfor
+  let newcol += 2 " +2 == 1 separator + 1 space |"
+  " let cmd .= "a"
+  "echomsg "DEBUG kbd_goto_prev_col> ".cmd
+  return cmd
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#kbd_cr() abort
+  let lnum = line('.')
+  if !s:is_table(getline(lnum))
+    return ''
+  endif
+
+  if s:is_separator(getline(lnum+1)) || !s:is_table(getline(lnum+1))
+    let cols = len(vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(getline(lnum)))
+    return s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, 0)
+  else
+    return s:kbd_goto_next_row()
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#kbd_tab() abort
+  let lnum = line('.')
+  if !s:is_table(getline(lnum))
+    return "\"
+  endif
+
+  let last = s:is_last_column(lnum, col('.'))
+  let is_sep = s:is_separator_tail(getline(lnum))
+  "echomsg "DEBUG kbd_tab> last=".last.", is_sep=".is_sep
+  if (is_sep || last) && !s:is_table(getline(lnum+1))
+    let cols = len(vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(getline(lnum)))
+    return s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, 1)
+  endif
+  return s:kbd_goto_next_col(is_sep || last)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#kbd_shift_tab() abort
+  let lnum = line('.')
+  if !s:is_table(getline(lnum))
+    return "\"
+  endif
+
+  let first = s:is_first_column(lnum, col('.'))
+  let is_sep = s:is_separator_tail(getline(lnum))
+  "echomsg "DEBUG kbd_tab> ".first
+  if (is_sep || first) && !s:is_table(getline(lnum-1))
+    return ''
+  endif
+  return s:kbd_goto_prev_col(is_sep || first)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#format(lnum, ...) abort
+  if !vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw()
+    return
+  endif
+  let line = getline(a:lnum)
+  if !s:is_table(line)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let depth = a:0 == 1 ? a:1 : 0
+
+  if a:0 == 2
+    let col1 = a:1
+    let col2 = a:2
+  else
+    let col1 = 0
+    let col2 = 0
+  endif
+
+  let indent = s:get_indent(a:lnum, depth)
+  if &expandtab
+    let indentstring = repeat(' ', indent)
+  else
+    execute "let indentstring = repeat('\', indent / &tabstop) . repeat(' ', indent % &tabstop)"
+  endif
+
+  " getting N = depth last rows is enough for having been formatted tables
+  for [lnum, row] in s:get_aligned_rows(a:lnum, col1, col2, depth)
+    let row = indentstring.row
+    if getline(lnum) != row
+      call setline(lnum, row)
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  let &textwidth = s:textwidth
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#create(...) abort
+  if a:0 > 1
+    let cols = a:1
+    let rows = a:2
+  elseif a:0 == 1
+    let cols = a:1
+    let rows = 2
+  elseif a:0 == 0
+    let cols = 5
+    let rows = 2
+  endif
+
+  if cols < 1
+    let cols = 5
+  endif
+
+  if rows < 1
+    let rows = 2
+  endif
+
+  let lines = []
+  let row = s:create_empty_row(cols)
+
+  call add(lines, row)
+  if rows > 1
+    call add(lines, s:create_row_sep(cols))
+  endif
+
+  for r in range(rows - 1)
+    call add(lines, row)
+  endfor
+
+  call append(line('.'), lines)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#align_or_cmd(cmd, ...) abort
+  if s:is_table(getline('.'))
+    call call('vimwiki#tbl#format', [line('.')] + a:000)
+  else
+    exe 'normal! '.a:cmd
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#reset_tw(lnum) abort
+  if !vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw()
+    return
+  endif
+  let line = getline(a:lnum)
+  if !s:is_table(line)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let s:textwidth = &textwidth
+  let &textwidth = 0
+endfunction
+
+
+" TODO: move_column_left and move_column_right are good candidates to be refactored.
+function! vimwiki#tbl#move_column_left() abort
+
+  "echomsg "DEBUG move_column_left: "
+
+  let line = getline('.')
+
+  if !s:is_table(line)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let cur_col = s:cur_column()
+  if cur_col == -1
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if cur_col > 0
+    call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'), cur_col-1, cur_col)
+    call cursor(line('.'), 1)
+
+    let sep = '\('.s:rxSep().'\).\zs'
+    let mpos = -1
+    let col = -1
+    while col < cur_col-1
+      let mpos = match(line, sep, mpos+1)
+      if mpos != -1
+        let col += 1
+      else
+        break
+      endif
+    endwhile
+
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#move_column_right() abort
+
+  let line = getline('.')
+
+  if !s:is_table(line)
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let cur_col = s:cur_column()
+  if cur_col == -1
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if cur_col < s:col_count(line('.'))-1
+    call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'), cur_col, cur_col+1)
+    call cursor(line('.'), 1)
+
+    let sep = '\('.s:rxSep().'\).\zs'
+    let mpos = -1
+    let col = -1
+    while col < cur_col+1
+      let mpos = match(line, sep, mpos+1)
+      if mpos != -1
+        let col += 1
+      else
+        break
+      endif
+    endwhile
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#get_rows(lnum) abort
+  return s:get_rows(a:lnum)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#is_table(line) abort
+  return s:is_table(a:line)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#is_separator(line) abort
+  return s:is_separator(a:line)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#cell_splitter() abort
+  return s:cell_splitter()
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#tbl#sep_splitter() abort
+  return s:sep_splitter()
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/u.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/u.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08bc896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/u.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
+" Description: Utility functions
+" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+
+
+" Execute: string v:count times
+function! vimwiki#u#count_exe(cmd) abort
+    for i in range( max([1, v:count]) )
+        exe a:cmd
+    endfor
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#u#trim(string, ...) abort
+  let chars = ''
+  if a:0 > 0
+    let chars = a:1
+  endif
+  let res = substitute(a:string, '^[[:space:]'.chars.']\+', '', '')
+  let res = substitute(res, '[[:space:]'.chars.']\+$', '', '')
+  return res
+endfunction
+
+
+" Builtin cursor doesn't work right with unicode characters.
+function! vimwiki#u#cursor(lnum, cnum) abort
+  exe a:lnum
+  exe 'normal! 0'.a:cnum.'|'
+endfunction
+
+
+" Returns: OS name, human readable
+function! vimwiki#u#os_name() abort
+  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
+    return 'Windows'
+  elseif vimwiki#u#is_macos()
+    return 'Mac'
+  else
+    return 'Linux'
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#u#is_windows() abort
+  return has('win32') || has('win64') || has('win95') || has('win16')
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#u#is_macos() abort
+  if has('mac') || has('macunix') || has('gui_mac')
+    return 1
+  endif
+  " that still doesn't mean we are not on Mac OS
+  let os = substitute(system('uname'), '\n', '', '')
+  return os ==? 'Darwin' || os ==? 'Mac'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line) abort
+  let first_sym = matchstr(a:line, '\S')
+  return len(matchstr(a:line, first_sym.'\+'))
+endfunction
+
+
+function! vimwiki#u#escape(string) abort
+  return escape(a:string, '~.*[]\^$')
+endfunction
+
+
+" Load concrete Wiki syntax: sets regexes and templates for headers and links
+function! vimwiki#u#reload_regexes() abort
+  execute 'runtime! syntax/vimwiki_'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax').'.vim'
+endfunction
+
+
+" Load syntax-specific functionality
+function! vimwiki#u#reload_regexes_custom() abort
+  execute 'runtime! syntax/vimwiki_'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax').'_custom.vim'
+endfunction
+
+
+" Backward compatible version of the built-in function shiftwidth()
+if exists('*shiftwidth')
+  function! vimwiki#u#sw() abort
+    return shiftwidth()
+  endfunc
+else
+  function! vimwiki#u#sw() abort
+    return &shiftwidth
+  endfunc
+endif
+
+" a:mode single character indicating the mode as defined by :h maparg
+" a:key the key sequence to map
+" a:plug the plug command the key sequence should be mapped to
+" a:1 optional argument with the following functionality:
+"   if a:1==1 then the hasmapto() check is skipped.
+"     this can be used to map different keys to the same  definition
+"   if a:1==2 then the mapping is not  specific i.e. it is global
+function! vimwiki#u#map_key(mode, key, plug, ...) abort
+  if a:0 && a:1 == 2
+    " global mappings
+    if !hasmapto(a:plug) && maparg(a:key, a:mode) ==# ''
+      exe a:mode . 'map ' . a:key . ' ' . a:plug
+    endif
+  elseif a:0 && a:1 == 1
+      " vimwiki buffer mappings, repeat mapping to the same  definition
+      exe a:mode . 'map  ' . a:key . ' ' . a:plug
+  else
+    " vimwiki buffer mappings
+    if !hasmapto(a:plug)
+      exe a:mode . 'map  ' . a:key . ' ' . a:plug
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" returns 1 if line is a code block or math block
+"
+" The last two conditions are needed for this to correctly
+" detect nested syntaxes within code blocks
+function! vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(lnum) abort
+  let syn_g = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum,1,1),'name')
+  if  syn_g =~# 'Vimwiki\(Pre.*\|IndentedCodeBlock\|Math.*\)'
+        \ || (syn_g !~# 'Vimwiki.*' && syn_g !=? '')
+    return 1
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" Sets the filetype to vimwiki
+" If g:vimwiki_filetypes variable is set
+" the filetype will be vimwiki.. etc.
+function! vimwiki#u#ft_set() abort
+  let ftypelist = vimwiki#vars#get_global('filetypes')
+  let ftype = 'vimwiki'
+  for ftypeadd in ftypelist
+    let ftype = ftype . '.' . ftypeadd
+  endfor
+  let &filetype = ftype
+endfunction
+
+" Returns: 1 if filetype is vimwiki, 0 else
+" If multiple fileytpes are in use 1 is returned only if the
+" first ft is vimwiki which should always be the case unless
+" the user manually changes it to something else
+function! vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw() abort
+  " Clause: is filetype defined
+  if &filetype ==# '' | return 0 | endif
+  if split(&filetype, '\.')[0] ==? 'vimwiki'
+    return 1
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/vars.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/vars.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f98ddef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/vars.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,984 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
+" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+
+
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" This file provides functions to manage the various state variables which are needed during a
+" Vimwiki session.
+" They consist of:
+"
+" - global variables. These are stored in the dict g:vimwiki_global_vars. They consist mainly of
+"   global user variables and syntax stuff which is the same for every syntax.
+"
+" - wiki-local variables. They are stored in g:vimwiki_wikilocal_vars which is a list of
+"   dictionaries, one dict for every registered wiki. The last dictionary contains default values
+"   (used for temporary wikis).
+"
+" - syntax variables. Stored in the dict g:vimwiki_syntax_variables which holds all the regexes and
+"   other stuff which is needed for highlighting.
+"
+" - buffer-local variables. They are stored as buffer variables directly (b:foo)
+
+" As a developer, you should, if possible, only use the get_ and set_ functions for these types of
+" variables, not the underlying dicts!
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+function! s:populate_global_variables() abort
+
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars = {}
+
+  call s:read_global_settings_from_user()
+  call s:normalize_global_settings()
+
+  " non-configurable global variables:
+
+  " Scheme regexes must be defined even if syntax file is not loaded yet cause users should be
+  " able to ww without opening any vimwiki file first
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.schemes = join(['wiki\d\+', 'diary', 'local'], '\|')
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.web_schemes1 = join(['http', 'https', 'file', 'ftp', 'gopher',
+        \ 'telnet', 'nntp', 'ldap', 'rsync', 'imap', 'pop', 'irc', 'ircs', 'cvs', 'svn', 'svn+ssh',
+        \ 'git', 'ssh', 'fish', 'sftp'], '\|')
+  let web_schemes2 =
+        \ join(['mailto', 'news', 'xmpp', 'sip', 'sips', 'doi', 'urn', 'tel', 'data'], '\|')
+
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxSchemes = '\%('.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.schemes . '\|'.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.web_schemes1 . '\|'.
+        \ web_schemes2 .
+        \ '\)'
+
+  " match URL for common protocols; see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/URI_scheme
+  " http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986
+  let rxWebProtocols =
+        \ '\%('.
+          \ '\%('.
+            \ '\%('.g:vimwiki_global_vars.web_schemes1 . '\):'.
+            \ '\%(//\)'.
+          \ '\)'.
+        \ '\|'.
+          \ '\%('.web_schemes2.'\):'.
+        \ '\)'
+
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWeblinkUrl = rxWebProtocols . '\S\{-1,}'. '\%(([^ \t()]*)\)\='
+
+  let wikilink_prefix = '[['
+  let wikilink_suffix = ']]'
+  let wikilink_separator = '|'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_prefix = vimwiki#u#escape(wikilink_prefix)
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_suffix = vimwiki#u#escape(wikilink_suffix)
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_separator = vimwiki#u#escape(wikilink_separator)
+
+  " templates for the creation of wiki links
+  " [[URL]]
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiLinkTemplate1 = wikilink_prefix . '__LinkUrl__'. wikilink_suffix
+  " [[URL|DESCRIPTION]]
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiLinkTemplate2 = wikilink_prefix . '__LinkUrl__'. wikilink_separator
+        \ . '__LinkDescription__' . wikilink_suffix
+
+  let valid_chars = '[^\\\]]'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiLinkUrl = valid_chars.'\{-}'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiLinkDescr = valid_chars.'\{-}'
+
+  " this regexp defines what can form a link when the user presses  in the
+  " buffer (and not on a link) to create a link
+  " basically, it's Ascii alphanumeric characters plus #|./@-_~ plus all
+  " non-Ascii characters, except that . is not accepted as the last character
+  " TODO look behind for . reduces the second part of the regex that is the same with '.' added
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWord = '[^[:blank:]!"$%&''()*+,:;<=>?\[\]\\^`{}]*[^[:blank:]!"$%&''()*+.,:;<=>?\[\]\\^`{}]'
+
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_prefix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_prefix .
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiLinkUrl . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_separator
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_suffix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_suffix
+
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix = '{{'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix = '}}'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator = '|'
+  " '{{__LinkUrl__}}'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiInclTemplate1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix
+        \ .'__LinkUrl__'. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
+  " '{{__LinkUrl____LinkDescription__}}'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiInclTemplate2 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix
+        \ . '__LinkUrl__' . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator . '__LinkDescription__'
+        \ . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
+
+  let valid_chars = '[^\\\}]'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl = valid_chars.'\{-}'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArg = valid_chars.'\{-}'
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs = '\%('. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArg. '\)'.'\{-}'
+
+  " *. {{URL}[{...}]}  - i.e.  {{URL}}, {{URL|ARG1}}, {{URL|ARG1|ARG2}}, etc.
+  " *a) match {{URL}[{...}]}
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiIncl = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
+  " *b) match URL within {{URL}[{...}]}
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclMatchUrl = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix.
+        \ '\zs'. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl . '\ze'.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
+
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs.
+        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
+
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxTodo = '\C\<\%(TODO\|DONE\|STARTED\|FIXME\|FIXED\|XXX\)\>'
+
+  " default colors when headers of different levels are highlighted differently
+  " not making it yet another option; needed by ColorScheme autocommand
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_guifg_light = ['#aa5858', '#507030', '#1030a0', '#103040'
+        \ , '#505050', '#636363']
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_ctermfg_light = ['DarkRed', 'DarkGreen', 'DarkBlue', 'Black'
+        \ , 'Black', 'Black']
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_guifg_dark = ['#e08090', '#80e090', '#6090e0', '#c0c0f0'
+        \ , '#e0e0f0', '#f0f0f0']
+  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_ctermfg_dark = ['Red', 'Green', 'Blue', 'White', 'White'
+        \ , 'White']
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:read_global_settings_from_user() abort
+  let global_settings = {
+        \ 'CJK_length': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'auto_chdir': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'auto_header': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'autowriteall': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'conceallevel': {'type': type(0), 'default': 2, 'min': 0, 'max': 3},
+        \ 'conceal_onechar_markers': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'conceal_pre': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'create_link': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min':0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'diary_months': {'type': type({}), 'default':
+        \   {
+        \     1: 'January', 2: 'February', 3: 'March',
+        \     4: 'April', 5: 'May', 6: 'June',
+        \     7: 'July', 8: 'August', 9: 'September',
+        \     10: 'October', 11: 'November', 12: 'December'
+        \   }},
+        \ 'dir_link': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
+        \ 'ext2syntax': {'type': type({}), 'default': {'.md': 'markdown', '.mkdn': 'markdown',
+        \     '.mdwn': 'markdown', '.mdown': 'markdown', '.markdown': 'markdown', '.mw': 'media'}},
+        \ 'folding': {'type': type(''), 'default': '', 'possible_values': ['', 'expr', 'syntax',
+        \     'list', 'custom', ':quick', 'expr:quick', 'syntax:quick', 'list:quick',
+        \     'custom:quick']},
+        \ 'filetypes': {'type': type([]), 'default': []},
+        \ 'global_ext': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'hl_cb_checked': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 2},
+        \ 'hl_headers': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'html_header_numbering': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 6},
+        \ 'html_header_numbering_sym': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
+        \ 'key_mappings': {'type': type({}), 'default':
+        \   {
+        \     'all_maps': 1, 'global': 1, 'headers': 1, 'text_objs': 1,
+        \     'table_format': 1, 'table_mappings': 1, 'lists': 1, 'links': 1,
+        \     'html': 1, 'mouse': 0,
+        \   }},
+        \ 'list_ignore_newline': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'text_ignore_newline': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'links_header': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Generated Links', 'min_length': 1},
+        \ 'links_header_level': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 1, 'max': 6},
+        \ 'listsyms': {'type': type(''), 'default': ' .oOX', 'min_length': 2},
+        \ 'listsym_rejected': {'type': type(''), 'default': '-', 'length': 1},
+        \ 'map_prefix': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'w'},
+        \ 'markdown_header_style': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min':0, 'max': 2},
+        \ 'markdown_link_ext': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'menu': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Vimwiki'},
+        \ 'table_auto_fmt': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'table_reduce_last_col': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'table_mappings': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'tags_header': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Generated Tags', 'min_length': 1},
+        \ 'tags_header_level': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 1, 'max': 5},
+        \ 'toc_header': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Contents', 'min_length': 1},
+        \ 'toc_header_level': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 1, 'max': 6},
+        \ 'toc_link_format': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'url_maxsave': {'type': type(0), 'default': 15, 'min': 0},
+        \ 'use_calendar': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'use_mouse': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
+        \ 'user_htmls': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
+        \ 'valid_html_tags': {'type': type(''), 'default':
+        \   'b,i,s,u,sub,sup,kbd,br,hr,div,center,strong,em'},
+        \ 'w32_dir_enc': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
+        \ }
+
+  " copy the user's settings from variables of the form g:vimwiki_
+  
+  [Id]: URL
+
+then the URL is opened with the system default handler.  Otherwise, Vimwiki
+treats the reference-style link as a Wikilink, interpreting the Id field as a
+wiki page name.
+
+Highlighting of existing links when |vimwiki-option-maxhi| is activated
+identifies links whose Id field is not defined, either as a reference-link or
+as a wiki page.
+
+To scan the page for new or changed definitions for reference-links, simply
+re-open the page ":e".
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.3. Headers                                          *vimwiki-syntax-headers*
+
+= Header level 1 =~
+By default all headers are highlighted using |hl-Title| highlight group.
+
+== Header level 2 ==~
+You can set up different colors for each header level: >
+  :hi VimwikiHeader1 guifg=#FF0000
+  :hi VimwikiHeader2 guifg=#00FF00
+  :hi VimwikiHeader3 guifg=#0000FF
+  :hi VimwikiHeader4 guifg=#FF00FF
+  :hi VimwikiHeader5 guifg=#00FFFF
+  :hi VimwikiHeader6 guifg=#FFFF00
+Set up colors for all 6 header levels or none at all.
+
+=== Header level 3 ===~
+==== Header level 4 ====~
+===== Header level 5 =====~
+====== Header level 6 ======~
+
+
+You can center your headers in HTML by placing spaces before the first '=':
+                     = Centered Header L1 =~
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.4. Paragraphs                                    *vimwiki-syntax-paragraphs*
+
+A paragraph is a group of lines starting in column 1 (no indentation).
+Paragraphs are separated by a blank line:
+
+This is first paragraph
+with two lines.
+
+This is a second paragraph with
+two lines.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.5. Lists                                              *vimwiki-syntax-lists*
+
+Unordered lists: >
+  - Bulleted list item 1
+  - Bulleted list item 2
+or: >
+  * Bulleted list item 1
+  * Bulleted list item 2
+
+
+Ordered lists: >
+  1. Numbered list item 1
+  2. Numbered list item 2
+  3. Numbered list item 3
+or: >
+  1) Numbered list item 1
+  2) Numbered list item 2
+  3) Numbered list item 3
+or: >
+  a) Numbered list item 1
+  b) Numbered list item 2
+  c) Numbered list item 3
+or: >
+  A) Numbered list item 1
+  B) Numbered list item 2
+  C) Numbered list item 3
+or: >
+  i) Numbered list item 1
+  ii) Numbered list item 2
+  iii) Numbered list item 3
+or: >
+  I) Numbered list item 1
+  II) Numbered list item 2
+  III) Numbered list item 3
+or: >
+  # Bulleted list item 1
+  # the # become numbers when converted to HTML
+
+Note that a space after the list item symbols (-, *, 1. etc.) is essential.
+
+You can nest and mix the various types: >
+  - Bulleted list item 1
+  - Bulleted list item 2
+    a) Numbered list sub item 1
+    b) more ...
+      * and more ...
+      * ...
+    c) Numbered list sub item 3
+      1. Numbered list sub sub item 1
+      2. Numbered list sub sub item 2
+    d) etc.
+  - Bulleted list item 3
+
+List items can span multiple lines: >
+  * Item 1
+    Item 1 continued line.
+    Item 1 next continued line.
+  * Item 2
+    - Sub item 1
+      Sub item 1 continued line.
+      Sub item 1 next continued line.
+    - Sub item 2
+    - etc.
+    Continuation of Item 2
+    Next continuation of Item 2
+
+
+Definition lists: >
+  Term 1:: Definition 1
+  Term 2::
+  :: Definition 2
+  :: Definition 3
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.6. Tables                                            *vimwiki-syntax-tables*
+
+Tables are created by entering the content of each cell separated by |
+delimiters. You can insert other inline wiki syntax in table cells, including
+typeface formatting and links.
+For example: >
+
+ | Year | Temperature (low) | Temperature (high) |
+ |------|-------------------|--------------------|
+ | 1900 | -10               | 25                 |
+ | 1910 | -15               | 30                 |
+ | 1920 | -10               | 32                 |
+ | 1930 | _N/A_             | _N/A_              |
+ | 1940 | -2                | 40                 |
+>
+
+In HTML the following part >
+ | Year | Temperature (low) | Temperature (high) |
+ |------|-------------------|--------------------|
+>
+is highlighted as a table header.
+
+If you indent a table then it will be centered in HTML.
+
+If you put > in a cell, the cell spans the left column.
+If you put \/ in a cell, the cell spans the above row.
+For example: >
+
+ | a  | b  | c | d |
+ | \/ | e  | > | f |
+ | \/ | \/ | > | g |
+ | h  | >  | > | > |
+>
+
+See |vimwiki-tables| for more details on how to manage tables.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.7. Preformatted text                           *vimwiki-syntax-preformatted*
+
+Use {{{ and }}} to define a block of preformatted text:
+{{{ >
+  Tyger! Tyger! burning bright
+   In the forests of the night,
+    What immortal hand or eye
+     Could frame thy fearful symmetry?
+  In what distant deeps or skies
+   Burnt the fire of thine eyes?
+    On what wings dare he aspire?
+     What the hand dare sieze the fire?
+}}}
+
+
+You can add optional information after the {{{: >
+{{{class="brush: python" >
+ def hello(world):
+     for x in range(10):
+         print("Hello {0} number {1}".format(world, x))
+}}}
+
+Result of HTML export: >
+ 
    + def hello(world):
+     for x in range(10):
+         print("Hello {0} number {1}".format(world, x))
+ 
    
+
+This might be useful for coloring program code with external JS tools
+such as Google's syntax highlighter.
+
+You can setup Vimwiki to highlight code snippets in preformatted text.
+See |vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes| and
+|vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes|.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.8. Mathematical formulae                              *vimwiki-syntax-math*
+
+Mathematical formulae are highlighted, and can be rendered in HTML using the
+powerful open source display engine MathJax (http://www.mathjax.org/).
+
+There are three supported syntaxes, which are inline, block display and
+block environment.
+
+Inline math is for short formulae within text. It is enclosed by single
+dollar signs, e.g.:
+ $ \sum_i a_i^2 = 1 $
+
+Block display creates a centered formula with some spacing before and after
+it. It must start with a line including only {{$, then an arbitrary number
+of mathematical text are allowed, and it must end with a line including only
+}}$.
+E.g.:
+ {{$
+ \sum_i a_i^2
+ =
+ 1
+ }}$
+
+Note: no matter how many lines are used in the text file, the HTML will
+compress it to one line only.
+
+Block environment is similar to block display, but is able to use specific
+LaTeX environments, such as 'align'. The syntax is the same as for block
+display, except for the first line which is {{$%environment%.
+E.g.:
+ {{$%align%
+ \sum_i a_i^2 &= 1 + 1 \\
+ &= 2.
+ }}$
+
+Similar compression rules for the HTML page hold (as MathJax interprets the
+LaTeX code).
+
+Note: the highlighting in Vim is automatic. For the rendering in HTML, you
+have two alternative options:
+
+1. installing MathJax locally (Recommended: faster, no internet required).
+Choose a folder on your hard drive and save MathJax in it. Then add to your
+HTML template the following line:
+
+
+
+where  is the folder on your HD, as a relative path to the
+template folder. For instance, a sensible folder structure could be:
+
+- wiki
+  - text
+  - html
+  - templates
+  - mathjax
+
+In this case,  would be "../mathjax" (without quotes).
+
+2. Loading MathJax from a CDN-server (needs internet connection).
+Add to your HTML template the following lines:
+
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.9. Blockquotes                                  *vimwiki-syntax-blockquotes*
+
+Text which starts with 4 or more spaces is a blockquote.
+
+    This would be a blockquote in Vimwiki. It is not highlighted in Vim but
+    could be styled by CSS in HTML. Blockquotes are usually used to quote a
+    long piece of text from another source.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.10. Comments                                       *vimwiki-syntax-comments*
+
+A line that starts with %% is a comment.
+E.g.: >
+ %% this text would not be in HTML
+<
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.11. Horizontal line                                      *vimwiki-syntax-hr*
+
+4 or more dashes at the start of the line is a horizontal line (
    ): >
+ ----
+<
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.12. Tags                                               *vimwiki-syntax-tags*
+
+You can tag a wiki file, a header or an arbitrary place in a wiki file. Then,
+you can use Vim's built-in tag search functionality (see |tagsrch.txt|) or
+Vimwiki's tag related commands to quickly jump to all occurrences of the tag.
+
+A tag is a sequence of non-space characters between two colons: >
+        :tag-example:
+<
+It is allowed to concatenate multiple tags in one line: >
+        :tag-one:tag-two:
+<
+If placed in the first two lines of a file, the whole file is tagged.  If
+placed under a header, within the 2 lines below it, the header is then tagged
+with this tag, and the tag search commands will jump to this specific header.
+Otherwise, the tag stands of its own and the search command jumps directly to
+it.
+
+Typing tags can be simplified by using Vim's omni completion (see
+|compl-omni|) like so: >
+  :ind
+which opens up a popup menu with all tags defined in the wiki starting with
+"ind".
+
+Tags are also treated as |vimwiki-anchors| (similar to bold text).
+
+                                                          *vimwiki-build-tags*
+Note that the tag search/jump/completion commands need certain metadata saved
+in the wiki folder.  This metadata file can be manually updated by running
+|:VimwikiRebuildTags|.  When the option |vimwiki-option-auto_tags| is enabled,
+the tags metadata will be auto-updated on each page save.
+
+
+Tags-related commands and options:
+   * |:VimwikiRebuildTags|
+   * |:VimwikiGenerateTagLinks|
+   * |:VimwikiSearchTags|
+   * |vimwiki-option-auto_tags|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Folding/Outline                                           *vimwiki-folding*
+
+Vimwiki allows you to use Vim's folding methods and options so you can fold
+your outline to make it less distracting and easier to navigate. You can use
+Vimwiki's built-in folding methods or supply custom methods for folding.  You
+control how folds behave with by setting the |g:vimwiki_folding| variable to
+the desired value in your configuration file: >
+
+  let g:vimwiki_folding = 'value'
+
+Here's an example of how folds work with |g:vimwiki_folding| set to 'list':
+
+= My current task =
+* [ ] Do stuff 1
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.1
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.2
+    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.1
+    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.2
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.3
+* [ ] Do stuff 2
+* [ ] Do stuff 3
+
+Hit |zM| :
+= My current task =
+* [ ] Do stuff 1 [6] --------------------------------------~
+* [ ] Do stuff 2
+* [ ] Do stuff 3
+
+Hit |zr| :
+= My current task =
+* [ ] Do stuff 1
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.1
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.2 [3] -------------------------------~
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.3
+* [ ] Do stuff 2
+* [ ] Do stuff 3
+
+Hit |zr| one more time :
+= My current task =
+* [ ] Do stuff 1
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.1
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.2
+    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.1
+    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.2
+  * [ ] Do substuff 1.3
+* [ ] Do stuff 2
+* [ ] Do stuff 3
+
+Note: If you use the default Vimwiki syntax, folding on list items will work
+properly only if all of them are indented using the current 'shiftwidth'.
+For Markdown and MediaWiki syntax, * or # should be in the first column.
+
+For maximum control over folds, set |g:vimwiki_folding| to 'custom' so you can
+allow other plugins or your vim configuration file to control how folding is
+performed. For example, let's say you are using markdown syntax and prefer to
+fold so that the last blank line before a header is not folded, you can add
+this function to your configuration file: >
+
+  function! VimwikiFoldLevelCustom(lnum)
+    let pounds = strlen(matchstr(getline(a:lnum), '^#\+'))
+    if (pounds)
+      return '>' . pounds  " start a fold level
+    endif
+    if getline(a:lnum) =~? '\v^\s*$'
+      if (strlen(matchstr(getline(a:lnum + 1), '^#\+')))
+        return '-1' " don't fold last blank line before header
+      endif
+    endif
+    return '=' " return previous fold level
+  endfunction
+
+Note that you will also need to add the following vim options to your configuration: >
+
+  augroup VimrcAuGroup
+    autocmd!
+    autocmd FileType vimwiki setlocal foldmethod=expr |
+      \ setlocal foldenable | set foldexpr=VimwikiFoldLevelCustom(v:lnum)
+  augroup END
+
+See the |g:vimwiki_folding| documentation for more details.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Placeholders                                         *vimwiki-placeholders*
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%title Title of the page                                       *vimwiki-title*
+
+When you htmlize your wiki page, the default title is the filename of the
+page. Place >
+
+%title My books
+
+into your wiki page if you want another title.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%nohtml                                                       *vimwiki-nohtml*
+
+If you do not want a wiki page to be converted to HTML, place:
+
+%nohtml
+
+into it.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%template                                                   *vimwiki-template*
+
+To apply a concrete HTML template to a wiki page, place:
+
+%template name
+
+into it.
+
+See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%date                                                           *vimwiki-date*
+
+The date of the wiki page. The value can be used in the HTML template, see
+|vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
+
+%date 2017-07-08
+%date
+
+If you omit the date after the placeholder, the date of the HTML conversion is
+used.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+8. Lists                                                       *vimwiki-lists*
+
+While writing lists, the keys , o and O insert new bullets or numbers as
+you would expect it. A new bullet/number is inserted if and only if the cursor
+is in a list item. If you use hard line wraps within your lists then you will
+need to remap `` to `VimwikiReturn 3 5`, use , or press  and
+.
+
+Note that the mapping  is not available in all terminals.
+
+Furthermore,  and  behave differently when the cursor is behind an
+empty list item. See the table below.
+
+To customize the behavior you should use an autocmd or place the mappings in
+`~/.vim/after/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim`. This is necessary to avoid an error that
+the command `VimwikiReturn` doesn't exist when editing non Vimwiki files.: >
+
+  autocmd FileType vimwiki inoremap  
+              \ :VimwikiReturn 3 5
+  autocmd FileType vimwiki inoremap  
+              \ :VimwikiReturn 2 2
+
+Note: Prefixing the mapping with `` expands iabbrev definitions and
+requires Vim > 7.3.489.
+
+The first argument of the command :VimwikiReturn is a number that specifies
+when to insert a new bullet/number and when not, depending on whether the
+cursor is in a list item or in a normal line: >
+
+ Number │     Before     │    After
+ ======================================
+    1   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
+        │                │ 2. |
+        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––       ← default for 
+        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
+        │    continue|   │    continue
+        │                │    |
+ ======================================
+    2   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
+        │                │    |
+        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––       ← default for 
+        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
+        │    continue|   │    continue
+        │                │ 2. |
+ ======================================
+    3   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
+        │                │ 2. |
+        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
+        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
+        │    continue|   │    continue
+        │                │ 2. |
+ ======================================
+    4   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
+        │                │    |
+        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
+        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
+        │    continue|   │    continue
+        │                │    |
+<
+
+The second argument is a number that specifies what should happen when you
+press  or  behind an empty list item. There are no less than five
+possibilities:
+>
+ Number │     Before     │    After
+ ======================================
+    1   │ 1. |           │ 1.
+        │                │ 2. |
+ ======================================
+    2   │ 1. |           │                    ← default for 
+        │                │ 1. |
+ ======================================
+    3   │ 1. |           │ |
+        │                │
+ ======================================
+    4   │ 1. |           │
+        │                │ |
+ ======================================
+    5   │     1. |       │ 1. |
+        │                │
+        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––       ← default for 
+        │ 1. |           │ |
+        │                │
+<
+
+
+                                                   *vimwiki-list-manipulation*
+The level of a list item is determined by its indentation (default and
+Markdown syntax) or by the number of list symbols (MediaWiki syntax).
+
+Use gll and glh in normal mode to increase or decrease the level of a list
+item. The symbols are adjusted automatically to the list items around it.
+Use gLl and gLh to increase or decrease the level of a list item plus all
+list items of lower level below it, that is, all child items.
+
+Use  and  to change the level of a list item in insert mode.
+
+See |vimwiki_gll|, |vimwiki_gLl|, |vimwiki_glh|, |vimwiki_gLh|,
+|vimwiki_i_|, |vimwiki_i_|
+
+
+Use gl followed by the desired symbol to change the symbol of a list item or
+create one. Type gL and the symbol to change all items of the current list.
+For default syntax, the following types are available: >
+    - hyphen
+    * asterisk
+    # hash
+    1. number with period
+    1) number with parenthesis
+    a) lower-case letter with parenthesis
+    A) upper-case letter with parenthesis
+    i) lower-case Roman numerals with parenthesis
+    I) upper-case Roman numerals with parenthesis
+
+Markdown syntax has the following types: >
+    - hyphen
+    * asterisk
+    + plus
+    1. number with period
+
+MediaWiki syntax only has: >
+    * asterisk
+    # hash
+
+In insert mode, use the keys  and  to switch between
+symbols. For convenience, only the commonly used symbols can be reached
+through these keys for default syntax.
+
+Note that such a list: a) b) c) … only goes up to zz), to avoid confusion with
+normal text followed by a parenthesis.
+Roman numerals go up to MMMM) and numbers up to 2147483647. or
+9223372036854775807. depending if your Vim is 32 or 64 bit.
+
+Also, note that you can, of course, mix different list symbols in one list, but
+if you have the strange idea of putting a list with Roman numerals right after
+a list using letters or vice versa, Vimwiki will get confused because it
+cannot distinguish which is which (at least if the types are both upper case
+or both lower case).
+
+See |vimwiki_glstar|, |vimwiki_gl#| |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gl-|,
+|vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_glI|
+
+
+Use glr and gLr if the numbers of a numbered list are mixed up. See
+|vimwiki_glr| and |vimwiki_gLr|.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Todo lists                                                *vimwiki-todo-lists*
+
+You can have todo lists -- lists of items you can check/uncheck.
+
+Consider the following example: >
+ = Toggleable list of todo items =
+   * [X] Toggle list item on/off.
+     * [X] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
+     * [X] All list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
+     * [X] Toggle child subitems only if current line is list item
+     * [X] Parent list item should be toggled depending on its child items.
+   * [X] Make numbered list items toggleable too
+   * [X] Add highlighting to list item boxes
+   * [X] Add [ ] to the next list item created with o, O and .
+
+Pressing  on the first list item will toggle it and all of its child
+items: >
+ = Toggleable list of todo items =
+   * [ ] Toggle list item on/off.
+     * [ ] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
+     * [ ] All of a list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
+     * [ ] Toggle child subitems only if the current line is a list item.
+     * [ ] Parent list item should be toggled depending on their child items.
+   * [X] Make numbered list items toggleable too.
+   * [X] Add highlighting to list item boxes.
+   * [X] Add [ ] to the next list item created using o, O or .
+
+Pressing  on the third list item will toggle it and adjust all of its
+parent items: >
+ = Toggleable list of todo items =
+   * [.] Toggle list item on/off.
+     * [ ] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
+     * [X] All of a list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
+     * [ ] Toggle child subitems only if current line is list item.
+     * [ ] Parent list item should be toggled depending on its child items.
+   * [ ] Make numbered list items toggleable too.
+   * [ ] Add highlighting to list item boxes.
+   * [ ] Add [ ] to the next list item created using o, O or .
+
+Parent items should change when their child items change. If not, use
+|vimwiki_glr|. The symbol between [ ] depends on the percentage of toggled
+child items (see also |g:vimwiki_listsyms|): >
+    [ ] -- 0%
+    [.] -- 1-33%
+    [o] -- 34-66%
+    [O] -- 67-99%
+    [X] -- 100%
+
+You can use |vimwiki_gln| and |vimwiki_glp| to change the "done" status of a
+checkbox without a childitem.
+
+It is possible to toggle several list items using visual mode. But note that
+instead of toggling every item individually, all items get checked if the
+first item was unchecked and all items get unchecked if the first item was
+checked.
+
+Use gl (see |vimwiki_gl|) to remove a single checkbox and
+gL (see |vimwiki_gL|) to remove all checkboxes of the list the
+cursor is in.
+
+You can mark an item as rejected ("won't do") with
+|vimwiki_glx|. A rejected item will not influence the status of its parents.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+9. Tables                                                     *vimwiki-tables*
+
+Use the  :VimwikiTable command to create a default table with 5 columns and 2
+rows: >
+
+ |   |   |   |   |   |
+ |---|---|---|---|---|
+ |   |   |   |   |   |
+<
+
+Tables are auto-formattable. Let's add some text into first cell: >
+
+ | First Name  |   |   |   |   |
+ |---|---|---|---|---|
+ |   |   |   |   |   |
+<
+
+Whenever you press ,  or leave Insert mode, the table is formatted: >
+
+ | First Name |   |   |   |   |
+ |------------|---|---|---|---|
+ |            |   |   |   |   |
+<
+
+You can easily create nice-looking text tables, just press  and enter new
+values: >
+
+ | First Name | Last Name  | Age | City     | e-mail               |
+ |------------|------------|-----|----------|----------------------|
+ | Vladislav  | Pokrishkin | 31  | Moscow   | vlad_pok@smail.com   |
+ | James      | Esfandiary | 27  | Istanbul | esfandiary@tmail.com |
+<
+
+To indent table indent the first row. Then format it with 'gqq'.
+
+You can specify the type of horizontal alignment for columns in the separator
+using the ':' character. The default is left-align.  >
+
+ | Date       |  Item  |   Price |
+ |------------|:------:|--------:|
+ | yest       | Coffee |  $15.00 |
+ | 2017-02-13 |  Tea   |   $2.10 |
+ | 2017-03-14 |  Cake  | $143.12 |
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+10. Diary                                                      *vimwiki-diary*
+
+The diary helps you make daily notes. You can easily add information into
+Vimwiki that should be sorted out later. Just hit ww to create
+a new note for today with a name based on the current date.
+
+To generate the diary section with all available links one can use
+|:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks| or wi .
+
+Note: it works only for diary index file.
+
+Example of diary section: >
+    = Diary =
+
+    == 2011 ==
+
+    === December ===
+        * [[2011-12-09]]
+        * [[2011-12-08]]
+
+
+See |g:vimwiki_diary_months| if you would like to rename months.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Calendar integration                                        *vimwiki-calendar*
+
+If you have Calendar.vim installed you can use it to create diary notes.
+Just open calendar with :Calendar and tap  on the date. A wiki file
+will be created in the default wiki's diary.
+
+Get it from http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=52
+
+See |g:vimwiki_use_calendar| option to turn it off/on.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Markdown export
+
+If you use markdown as the syntax for your wiki, there is a rubygem available
+at https://github.com/patrickdavey/vimwiki_markdown which you can use to
+convert the wiki markdown files into html.
+
+Also, See |vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization| for supporting
+functionality.
+
+==============================================================================
+11. Anchors                                                  *vimwiki-anchors*
+
+Every header, tag, and bold text can be used as an anchor.  To jump to it, use
+a wikilink of the form >
+  [[file#anchor]]
+
+For example, consider the following file "Todo.wiki": >
+  = My tasks =
+  :todo-lists:
+  == Home ==
+    - [ ] bathe my dog
+  == Work ==
+    - [ ] beg for *pay rise*
+  == Knitting club ==
+  === Knitting projects ===
+    - [ ] a *funny pig*
+    - [ ] a *scary dog*
+
+Then, to jump from your index.wiki directly to your knitting projects, use: >
+  [[Todo#Knitting projects]]
+
+Or, to jump to an individual project, use this link: >
+  [[Todo#funny pig]]
+
+Or, to jump to a tag, use this link: >
+  [[Todo#todo-lists]]
+
+If there are multiple instances of an anchor, you can use the long form which
+consists of the complete header hierarchy, separated by '#': >
+ [[Todo#My tasks#Knitting club#Knitting projects#scary dog]]
+
+If you don't feel like typing the whole stuff, type just [[Todo# and then
+|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O| to start the omni completion of anchors.
+
+For jumping inside a single file, you can omit the file in the link: >
+  [[#pay rise]]
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Table of Contents                    *vimwiki-toc* *vimwiki-table-of-contents*
+
+You can create a "table of contents" at the top of your wiki file.
+The commando |:VimwikiTOC| creates the magic header >
+  = Contents =
+in the current file and below it a list of all the headers in this file as
+links, so you can directly jump to specific parts of the file.
+
+For the indentation of the list, the value of |vimwiki-option-list_margin| is
+used.
+
+If you don't want the TOC to sit in the very first line, e.g. because you have
+a modeline there, put the magic header in the second or third line and run
+:VimwikiTOC to update the TOC.
+
+If English is not your preferred language, set the option
+|g:vimwiki_toc_header| to your favorite translation.
+
+If you want to keep the TOC up to date automatically, use the option
+|vimwiki-option-auto_toc|.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Tagbar integration                                            *vimwiki-tagbar*
+
+As an alternative to the Table of Contents, you can use the Tagbar plugin
+(http://majutsushi.github.io/tagbar/) to show the headers of your wiki files
+in a side pane.
+Download the Python script from
+https://raw.githubusercontent.com/vimwiki/utils/master/vwtags.py and follow
+the instructions in it.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+12. Options                                                  *vimwiki-options*
+
+There are global options and local (per-wiki) options available to tune
+Vimwiki.
+
+Global options are configured via global variables.  For a complete list of
+them, see |vimwiki-global-options|.
+
+Local options for multiple independent wikis are stored in a single global
+variable |g:vimwiki_list|.  The per-wiki options can be registered in advance,
+as described in |vimwiki-register-wiki|, or may be registered on the fly as
+described in |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|.  For a list of per-wiki options, see
+|vimwiki-local-options|.
+
+A note for Vim power users:
+If you have an elaborated Vim setup, where you e.g. load plugins
+conditionally, make sure the settings are set before Vimwiki loads (that is,
+before plugin/vimwiki.vim is sourced). If this is not possible, try this
+command after the Vimwiki settings are (re-) set: >
+  :call vimwiki#vars#init()
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+12.1 Registered Wiki                  *g:vimwiki_list* *vimwiki-register-wiki*
+
+One or more wikis can be registered using the |g:vimwiki_list| variable.
+
+Each item in |g:vimwiki_list| is a |Dictionary| that holds all customizations
+available for a distinct wiki. The options dictionary has the form: >
+  {'option1': 'value1', 'option2': 'value2', ...}
+
+Consider the following: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'path_html': '~/public_html/'}]
+
+This defines one wiki located at ~/my_site/. When converted to HTML, the
+produced HTML files go to ~/public_html/ .
+
+Another example: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'path_html': '~/public_html/'},
+            \ {'path': '~/my_docs/', 'ext': '.mdox'}]
+
+defines two wikis: the first as before, and the second one located in
+~/my_docs/, with files that have the .mdox extension.
+
+An empty |Dictionary| in g:vimwiki_list is the wiki with default options: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{},
+            \ {'path': '~/my_docs/', 'ext': '.mdox'}]
+
+For clarity, in your .vimrc file you can define wiki options using separate
+|Dictionary| variables and subsequently compose them into |g:vimwiki_list|. >
+    let wiki_1 = {}
+    let wiki_1.path = '~/my_docs/'
+    let wiki_1.html_template = '~/public_html/template.tpl'
+    let wiki_1.nested_syntaxes = {'python': 'python', 'c++': 'cpp'}
+
+    let wiki_2 = {}
+    let wiki_2.path = '~/project_docs/'
+    let wiki_2.index = 'main'
+
+    let g:vimwiki_list = [wiki_1, wiki_2]
+<
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+12.2 Temporary Wiki                                   *vimwiki-temporary-wiki*
+
+
+The creation of temporary wikis allows you to create a wiki on the fly.
+
+If a file with a registered wiki extension (see |vimwiki-register-extension|)
+is opened in a directory that: 1) is not listed in |g:vimwiki_list|, and 2) is
+not a subdirectory of any such directory, then a temporary wiki is created and
+appended to the list of configured wikis in |g:vimwiki_list|.
+
+In addition to Vimwiki's editing functionality, the temporary wiki enables: 1)
+wiki-linking to other files in the same subtree, 2) highlighting of existing
+wiki pages when |vimwiki-option-maxhi| is activated, and 3) HTML generation to
+|vimwiki-option-path_html|.
+
+Temporary wikis are configured using default |vimwiki-local-options|, except
+for the path, extension, and syntax options.  The path and extension are set
+using the file's location and extension.  The syntax is set to Vimwiki's
+default unless another syntax is registered via |vimwiki-register-extension|.
+
+Use |g:vimwiki_global_ext| to turn off creation of temporary wikis.
+
+NOTE: Vimwiki assumes that the locations of distinct wikis do not overlap.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+12.3 Per-Wiki Options                                  *vimwiki-local-options*
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-path*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+path            ~/vimwiki/
+
+Description~
+Wiki files location: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/'}]
+<
+
+*vimwiki-option-path_html*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+path_html       ''
+
+Description~
+Location of HTML files converted from wiki files: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
+                       \ 'path_html': '~/html_site/'}]
+
+If path_html is an empty string, the location is derived from
+|vimwiki-option-path| by adding '_html'; i.e. for: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/okidoki/'}]
+
+path_html will be set to '~/okidoki_html/'.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-name*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+name            ''
+
+Description~
+A name that can be used to create interwiki links: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
+                       \ 'name': 'My Wiki'}]
+
+Valid names can contain letters, numbers, spaces, underscores, and dashes.
+If duplicate names are used the interwiki link will jump to the first wiki
+with a matching name in |g:vimwiki_list|.
+
+The assigned wiki name will also be shown in the menu entries in GVim.
+See the option |g:vimwiki_menu|.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-auto_export*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value     Values~
+auto_export     0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+Set this option to 1 to automatically generate the HTML file when the
+corresponding wiki page is saved: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_export': 1}]
+
+This will keep your HTML files up to date.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-auto_toc*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value     Values~
+auto_toc        0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+Set this option to 1 to automatically update the table of contents when the
+current wiki page is saved: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_toc': 1}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-index*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+index           index
+
+Description~
+Name of wiki index file: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'index': 'main'}]
+
+NOTE: Do not include the extension.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-ext*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+ext             .wiki
+
+Description~
+Extension of wiki files: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
+                       \ 'index': 'main', 'ext': '.document'}]
+
+<
+*vimwiki-option-syntax*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value     Values~
+syntax          default           default, markdown, or media
+
+Description~
+Wiki syntax.  You can use different markup languages (currently: Vimwiki's
+default, Markdown, and MediaWiki), but only Vimwiki's default markup will be
+converted to HTML at the moment.
+
+To use Markdown's wiki markup: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
+                       \ 'syntax': 'markdown', 'ext': '.md'}]
+
+*vimwiki-option-links_space_char*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                 Default value~
+links_space_char    ' '
+
+Description~
+Set the character (or string) used to replace spaces when creating a link. For
+example, setting '_' would transform the string 'my link' into [[my_link]] and
+the created file would be my_link.wiki. The default behavior does not replace
+spaces.
+
+To set the space replacement character: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
+                       \ 'links_space_char': '_'}]
+<
+
+*vimwiki-option-template_path*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                 Default value~
+template_path       ~/vimwiki/templates/
+
+Description~
+Setup path for HTML templates: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
+          \ 'template_path': '~/public_html/templates/',
+          \ 'template_default': 'def_template',
+          \ 'template_ext': '.html'}]
+
+There could be a bunch of templates: >
+    def_template.html
+    index.html
+    bio.html
+    person.html
+etc.
+
+Each template could look like: >
+    
+    
+        
+        %title%
+        
+    
+    
+        
    
+        %content%
+        
    
+        
    Page created on %date%
    
+    
+    
+
+where
+  `%title%` is replaced by a wiki page name or by a |vimwiki-title|
+  `%date%` is replaced with the current date or by |vimwiki-date|
+  `%root_path%` is replaced by a count of ../ for pages buried in subdirs:
+    if you have wikilink [[dir1/dir2/dir3/my page in a subdir]] then
+    `%root_path%` is replaced by '../../../'.
+  `%wiki_path%` Path to current wiki-file.` The file path to the current wiki
+    file. For example, if you are on page a/b.wiki %wiki-path% contains
+    "a/b.wiki". Mostly useful if you want to link the to raw wiki page from
+    the rendered version.
+
+  `%content%` is replaced by a wiki file content.
+
+
+The default template will be applied to all wiki pages unless a page specifies
+a template. Consider you have wiki page named 'Maxim.wiki' and you want apply
+'person.html' template to it. Just add: >
+ %template person
+to that page.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-template_default*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                 Default value~
+template_default    default
+
+Description~
+Setup default template name (without extension).
+
+See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-template_ext*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                 Default value~
+template_ext        .tpl
+
+Description~
+Setup template filename extension.
+
+See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-css_name*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+css_name        style.css
+
+Description~
+Setup CSS file name: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_pages/',
+          \ 'css_name': 'main.css'}]
+<
+or even >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_pages/',
+          \ 'css_name': 'css/main.css'}]
+<
+Vimwiki comes with a default CSS file "style.css".
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-maxhi*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value     Values~
+maxhi           0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+If on, wiki links to non-existent wiki files are highlighted.  However, it can
+be quite slow.  If you still want it, set maxhi to 1: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'maxhi': 1}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value     Values~
+nested_syntaxes {}                pairs of highlight keyword and Vim filetype
+
+Description~
+You can configure preformatted text to be highlighted with any syntax
+available for Vim.
+For example the following setup in your vimrc: >
+  let wiki = {}
+  let wiki.path = '~/my_wiki/'
+  let wiki.nested_syntaxes = {'python': 'python', 'c++': 'cpp'}
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [wiki]
+
+would give you Python and C++ highlighting in: >
+ {{{class="brush: python"
+ for i in range(1, 5):
+     print(i)
+ }}}
+
+ {{{class="brush: c++"
+ #include "helloworld.h"
+ int helloworld()
+ {
+    printf("hello world");
+ }
+ }}}
+
+or in: >
+ {{{c++
+ #include "helloworld.h"
+ int helloworld()
+ {
+    printf("hello world");
+ }
+ }}}
+
+ {{{python
+ for i in range(1, 5):
+     print(i)
+ }}}
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                        Default value~
+automatic_nested_syntaxes  1
+
+Description~
+If set, the nested syntaxes (|vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes|) are
+automatically derived when opening a buffer.
+Just write your preformatted text in your file like this >
+ {{{xxx
+ my preformatted text
+ }}}
+
+where xxx is a filetype which is known to Vim. For example, for C++
+highlighting, use "cpp" (not "c++"). For a list of known filetypes, type
+":setf " and hit Ctrl+d.
+
+Note that you may have to reload the file (|:edit|) to see the highlight.
+
+Since every file is scanned for the markers of preformatted text when it is
+opened, it can be slow when you have huge files. In this case, set this option
+to 0.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-diary_rel_path*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+diary_rel_path  diary/
+
+Description~
+The path to the diary wiki files, relative to |vimwiki-option-path|.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-diary_index*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+diary_index     diary
+
+Description~
+Name of wiki-file that holds all links to dated wiki files.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-diary_header*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value~
+diary_header    Diary
+
+Description~
+Name of the header in |vimwiki-option-diary_index| where links to dated
+wiki-files are located.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-diary_sort*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value   Values~
+diary_sort      desc            desc, asc
+
+Description~
+Sort links in a diary index page.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-diary_caption_level*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                   Default value~
+diary_caption_level   0
+
+Description~
+Controls the presence of captions in the diary index linking to headers within
+the diary pages.
+
+Possible values:
+-1:  No headers are read from the diary page.
+ 0:  The first header from the diary page is used as the caption.
+       There are no sub-captions.
+ 1:  Captions are created for headers of level 1 in the diary page.
+ 2:  Captions are created for headers up to level 2 in the diary page.
+ etc.
+
+When the value is >= 1, the primary caption of each diary page is set to the
+first header read from that page if it is the unique lowest-level header.
+
+*vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key               Default value~
+custom_wiki2html  ''
+
+Description~
+The full path to a user-provided script that converts a wiki page to HTML.
+Vimwiki calls the provided |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html| script from the
+command-line, using |:!| invocation.
+
+The following arguments, in this order, are passed to the script:
+
+1. force : [0/1] overwrite an existing file
+2. syntax : the syntax chosen for this wiki
+3. extension : the file extension for this wiki
+4. output_dir : the full path of the output directory
+5. input_file : the full path of the wiki page
+6. css_file : the full path of the css file for this wiki
+7. template_path : the full path to the wiki's templates
+8. template_default : the default template name
+9. template_ext : the extension of template files
+10. root_path : a count of ../ for pages buried in subdirs
+    For example, if you have wikilink [[dir1/dir2/dir3/my page in a subdir]]
+    then this argument is '../../../'.
+11. custom_args : custom arguments that will be passed to the conversion
+    (can be defined in g:vimwiki_list as 'custom_wiki2html_args' parameter,
+    see |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args|)
+    script.
+
+Options 7-11 are experimental and may change in the future.  If any of these
+parameters is empty, a hyphen "-" is passed to the script in its place.
+
+For an example and further instructions, refer to the following script:
+
+  $VIMHOME/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh
+
+An alternative converter was developed by Jason6Anderson, and can
+be located at https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues/384
+
+To use the internal wiki2html converter, use an empty string (the default).
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args*
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                     Default value~
+custom_wiki2html_args   ''
+
+Description~
+If a custom script is called with |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html|, additional
+parameters can be passed using this option: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/path/', 'custom_wiki2html_args': 'stuff'}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-list_margin*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key               Default value~
+list_margin       -1 (0 for markdown)
+
+Description~
+Width of left-hand margin for lists.  When negative, the current 'shiftwidth'
+is used.  This affects the appearance of the generated links (see
+|:VimwikiGenerateLinks|), the Table of contents (|vimwiki-toc|) and the
+behavior of the list manipulation commands |:VimwikiListChangeLevel| and the
+local mappings |vimwiki_glstar|, |vimwiki_gl#| |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gl-|,
+|vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_glI| and
+|vimwiki_i__|.
+
+Note: if you use Markdown or MediaWiki syntax, you probably would like to set
+this option to 0, because every indented line is considered verbatim text.
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-auto_tags*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value     Values~
+auto_tags       0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+Set this option to 1 to automatically update the tags metadata when the
+current wiki page is saved: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_tags': 1}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-auto_diary_index*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key               Default value     Values~
+auto_diary_index  0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+Set this option to 1 to automatically update the diary index when opened.
+See |:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks|:  >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_diary_index': 1}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-auto_generate_links*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                  Default value     Values~
+auto_generate_links  0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+Set this option to 1 to automatically update generated links when the
+current wiki page is saved: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_generate_links': 1}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-auto_generate_tags*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                 Default value     Values~
+auto_generate_tags  0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+Set this option to 1 to automatically update generated tags when the
+current wiki page is saved: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_generate_tags': 1}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-exclude_files*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key             Default value     Values~
+exclude_files   []                list of file patterns to exclude
+
+Description~
+Set this option to a list of file patterns to exclude when checking or
+generating links: >
+  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'exclude_files': ['**/README.md']}]
+
+
+*vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization*
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Key                             Default value     Values~
+html_filename_parameterization  0                 0, 1
+
+Description~
+This setting is for integration with the vimwiki_markdown gem. If this is set
+to 1 it alters the check for generated html filenames to match what
+vimwiki_markdown generates. This means that it prevents unnecessary
+regeneration of HTML files.
+
+This setting also turns off the automatic deletion of files
+in the site_html directory which don't match existing wiki files.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+12.4 Global Options                                   *vimwiki-global-options*
+
+
+Global options are configured using the following pattern: >
+
+    let g:option_name = option_value
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_hl_headers*
+
+Highlight headers with =Reddish=, ==Greenish==, ===Blueish=== colors.
+
+Value           Description~
+1               Use VimwikiHeader1 - VimwikiHeader6 group colors to highlight
+                different header levels.
+0               Use |hl-Title| color for headers.
+Default: 0
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_hl_cb_checked*
+
+Highlight checked list items with a special color:
+
+  * [X] the whole line can be highlighted with the option set to 1.
+    * this line is highlighted as well with the option set to 2
+  * [ ] this line is never highlighted
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Don't highlight anything.
+1               Highlight only the first line of a checked [X] list item.
+2               Highlight a complete checked list item and all its child items.
+
+Default: 0
+
+The |group-name| "Comment" is used for highlighting.
+
+Note: Option 2 does not work perfectly.  Specifically, it might break if the
+list item contains preformatted text or if you mix tabs and spaces for
+indenting.  Also, indented headers can be highlighted erroneously.
+Furthermore, if your list is long, Vim's highlight can break. To solve this,
+consider putting >
+ au BufEnter *.wiki :syntax sync fromstart
+in your .vimrc
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_global_ext*
+
+Control the creation of |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|s.
+
+If a file with a registered extension (see |vimwiki-register-extension|) is
+opened in a directory that is: 1) not listed in |g:vimwiki_list|, and 2) not a
+subdirectory of any such directory, then:
+
+Value           Description~
+1               make temporary wiki and append it to |g:vimwiki_list|.
+0               don't make temporary wiki in that dir.
+
+If your preferred wiki extension is .txt then you can >
+    let g:vimwiki_global_ext = 0
+to restrict Vimwiki's operation to only those paths listed in g:vimwiki_list.
+Other text files wouldn't be treated as wiki pages.
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_ext2syntax* *vimwiki-register-extension*
+
+A many-to-one mapping between file extensions and syntaxes whose purpose is to
+register the extensions with Vimwiki.
+
+E.g.: >
+  let g:vimwiki_ext2syntax = {'.md': 'markdown',
+                  \ '.mkd': 'markdown',
+                  \ '.wiki': 'media'}
+
+An extension that is registered with Vimwiki can trigger creation of
+a |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|. File extensions used in |g:vimwiki_list| are
+automatically registered with Vimwiki using the default syntax. Extensions
+mapped with this option will instead use the mapped syntax.
+
+Default: >
+    {'.md': 'markdown', '.mkdn': 'markdown',
+    \  '.mdwn': 'markdown', '.mdown': 'markdown',
+    \  '.markdown': 'markdown', '.mw': 'media'}},
+
+Note: setting this option will overwrite the default values so include them if
+desired.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_menu*
+
+Create a menu in the menu bar of GVim, where you can open the available wikis.
+If the wiki has an assigned name (see |vimwiki-option-name|), the menu entry
+will match the name. Otherwise, the final folder of |vimwiki-option-path| will
+be used for the name. If there are duplicate entries the index number from
+|g:vimwiki_list| will be appended to the name.
+
+Value              Description~
+''                 No menu
+'Vimwiki'          Top level menu "Vimwiki"
+'Plugin.Vimwiki'   "Vimwiki" submenu of top level menu "Plugin"
+etc.
+
+Default: 'Vimwiki'
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_listsyms*
+
+String of at least two symbols to show the progression of todo list items.
+Default value is ' .oOX'.
+
+The first char is for 0% done items.
+The last is for 100% done items.
+
+You can set it to some more fancy symbols like this:
+>
+   let g:vimwiki_listsyms = '✗○◐●✓'
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected*
+
+Character that is used to show that an item of a todo list will not be done.
+Default value is '-'.
+
+The character used here must not be part of |g:vimwiki_listsyms|.
+
+You can set it to a more fancy symbol like this:
+>
+   let g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected = '✗'
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_folding*
+
+Enable/disable Vimwiki's folding (outline) functionality. Folding in Vimwiki
+can use either the 'expr' or the 'syntax' |foldmethod| of Vim.
+
+Value           Description~
+''              Disable folding
+'expr'          Folding based on expression (folds sections and code blocks)
+'syntax'        Folding based on syntax (folds sections; slower than 'expr')
+'list'          Folding based on expression (folds list subitems; much slower)
+'custom'        Allow folding options to be set by another plugin or a vim
+                configuration file
+
+Default: ''
+
+Limitations:
+  - Opening very large files may be slow when folding is enabled.
+  - 'list' folding is particularly slow with larger files.
+  - 'list' is intended to work with lists nicely indented with 'shiftwidth'.
+  - 'syntax' is only available for the default syntax so far.
+
+The options above can be suffixed with ':quick' (e.g.: 'expr:quick') in order
+to use some workarounds to make folds work faster.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_list_ignore_newline*
+
+This is HTML related.
+Convert newlines to 
    s in multiline list items.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Newlines in a list item are converted to 
    s.
+1               Ignore newlines.
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_text_ignore_newline*
+
+This is HTML related.
+Convert newlines to 
    s in text.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Newlines in text are converted to 
    s.
+1               Ignore newlines.
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_use_calendar*
+
+Create new or open existing diary wiki-file for the date selected in Calendar.
+See |vimwiki-calendar|.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Do not use calendar.
+1               Use calendar.
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_create_link*
+
+Create target wiki page if it does not exist. See |:VimwikiFollowLink|.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Do not create target wiki page.
+1               Create target wiki page.
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_markdown_link_ext*
+
+Append wiki file extension to links in Markdown. This is needed for
+compatibility with other Markdown tools.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Do not append wiki file extension.
+1               Append wiki file extension.
+
+Default: 0
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*VimwikiLinkHandler*
+
+A customizable link handler can be defined to override Vimwiki's behavior when
+opening links.  Each recognized link, whether it is a wikilink, wiki-include
+link or a weblink, is first passed to |VimwikiLinkHandler| to see if it can be
+handled. The return value 1 indicates success.
+
+If the link is not handled successfully, the behavior of Vimwiki depends on
+the scheme.  "wiki:", "diary:" or schemeless links are opened in Vim.  "file:"
+and "local:" links are opened with a system default handler.
+
+You can redefine the VimwikiLinkHandler function in your .vimrc to do
+something else: >
+
+  function! VimwikiLinkHandler(link)
+    try
+      let browser = 'C:\Program Files\Firefox\firefox.exe'
+      execute '!start "'.browser.'" ' . a:link
+      return 1
+    catch
+      echo "This can happen for a variety of reasons ..."
+    endtry
+    return 0
+  endfunction
+
+A second example handles a new scheme, "vfile:", which behaves similar to
+"file:", but the files are always opened with Vim in a new tab: >
+
+  function! VimwikiLinkHandler(link)
+    " Use Vim to open external files with the 'vfile:' scheme.  E.g.:
+    "   1) [[vfile:~/Code/PythonProject/abc123.py]]
+    "   2) [[vfile:./|Wiki Home]]
+    let link = a:link
+    if link =~# '^vfile:'
+      let link = link[1:]
+    else
+      return 0
+    endif
+    let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link)
+    if link_infos.filename == ''
+      echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Unable to resolve link!'
+      return 0
+    else
+      exe 'tabnew ' . fnameescape(link_infos.filename)
+      return 1
+    endif
+  endfunction
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*VimwikiLinkConverter*
+
+This function can be overridden in your .vimrc to specify what a link looks
+like when converted to HTML.  The parameters of the function are:
+        - the link as a string
+        - the full path to the wiki file where the link is in
+        - the full path to the output HTML file
+It should return the HTML link if successful or an empty string '' otherwise.
+
+This example changes how relative links to external files using the "local:"
+scheme look like in HTML.  Per default, they would become links relative to
+the HTML output directory.  This function converts them to links relative to
+the wiki file, i.e. a link [[local:../document.pdf]] becomes
+    . Also, this function will copy document.pdf to the
+right place. >
+
+  function! VimwikiLinkConverter(link, source_wiki_file, target_html_file)
+    if a:link =~# '^local:'
+      let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(a:link)
+      let html_link = vimwiki#path#relpath(
+                \ fnamemodify(a:source_wiki_file, ':h'), link_infos.filename)
+      let relative_link =
+                \ fnamemodify(a:target_html_file, ':h') . '/' . html_link
+      call system('cp ' . fnameescape(link_infos.filename) .
+                \ ' ' . fnameescape(relative_link))
+      return html_link
+    endif
+    return ''
+  endfunction
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler*
+
+Vimwiki includes the content of a wiki-include URL as an image by default.
+
+A trial feature allows you to supply your own handler for wiki-include links.
+The handler should return the empty string when it does not recognize or
+cannot otherwise convert the link.  A customized handler might look like this: >
+
+  " Convert {{URL|#|ID}} -> URL#ID
+  function! VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler(value)
+    let str = a:value
+
+    " complete URL
+    let url_0 = matchstr(str, g:vimwiki_rxWikiInclMatchUrl)
+    " URL parts
+    let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(url_0)
+    let arg1 = matchstr(str, VimwikiWikiInclMatchArg(1))
+    let arg2 = matchstr(str, VimwikiWikiInclMatchArg(2))
+
+    if arg1 =~ '#'
+      return link_infos.filename.'#'.arg2
+    endif
+
+    " Return the empty string when unable to process link
+    return ''
+  endfunction
+<
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt*
+
+Enable/disable table auto formatting after leaving INSERT mode.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Disable table auto formatting.
+1               Enable table auto formatting.
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_table_reduce_last_col*
+
+If set, the last column separator will not be expanded to fill the cell.  When
+`:set wrap` this option improves how a table is displayed, particularly on
+small screens.  If |g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt| is set to 0, this option has no
+effect.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Enable table auto formating for all columns.
+1               Disable table auto formating for the last column.
+
+Default: 0
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc*
+
+Convert directory name from current 'encoding' into 'g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc'
+before it is created.
+
+If you have 'enc=utf-8' and set up >
+    let g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc = 'cp1251'
+<
+then following the next link with : >
+    [[привет/мир]]
+>
+would convert utf-8 'привет' to cp1251 and create directory with that name.
+
+Default: ''
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_CJK_length*
+
+Use a special method to calculate the correct length of the strings with
+double-wide characters (to align table cells properly).
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Do not use it.
+1               Use it.
+
+Default: 0
+
+Note: Vim 7.3 has a new function |strdisplaywidth()|, so for users of an up to
+date Vim, this option is obsolete.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_dir_link*
+
+This option is about what to do with links to directories, like
+[[directory/]], [[papers/]], etc.
+
+Value           Description~
+''              Open 'directory/' using the standard netrw plugin.
+'index'         Open 'directory/index.wiki', create if needed.
+'main'          Open 'directory/main.wiki', create if needed.
+etc.
+
+Default: '' (empty string)
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering*
+
+Set this option if you want headers to be auto-numbered in HTML.
+
+E.g.: >
+    1 Header1
+    1.1 Header2
+    1.2 Header2
+    1.2.1 Header3
+    1.2.2 Header3
+    1.3 Header2
+    2 Header1
+    3 Header1
+etc.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Header numbering is off.
+1               Header numbering is on. Headers are numbered starting from
+                header level 1.
+2               Header numbering is on. Headers are numbered starting from
+                header level 2.
+etc.
+
+Example when g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering = 2: >
+    Header1
+    1 Header2
+    2 Header2
+    2.1 Header3
+    2.1.1 Header4
+    2.1.2 Header4
+    2.2 Header3
+    3 Header2
+    4 Header2
+etc.
+
+Default: 0
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering_sym*
+
+Ending symbol for |g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering|.
+
+Value           Description~
+'.'             Dot will be added after a header's number.
+')'             Closing bracket will be added after a header's number.
+etc.
+
+With
+    let g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering_sym = '.'
+headers would look like: >
+    1. Header1
+    1.1. Header2
+    1.2. Header2
+    1.2.1. Header3
+    1.2.2. Header3
+    1.3. Header2
+    2. Header1
+    3. Header1
+
+
+Default: '' (empty)
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags*
+
+Case-insensitive comma separated list of HTML tags that can be used in
+Vimwiki.  When converting to HTML, these tags are left as they are, while
+every other tag is escaped.
+
+Default: 'b,i,s,u,sub,sup,kbd,br,hr'
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_user_htmls*
+
+Comma-separated list of HTML files that have no corresponding wiki files and
+should not be deleted after |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
+
+Default: ''
+
+Example:
+Consider you have 404.html and search.html in your Vimwiki 'path_html'.
+With: >
+    let g:vimwiki_user_htmls = '404.html,search.html'
+they would not be deleted after |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_conceallevel*
+
+In Vim 7.3 'conceallevel' is local to the current window, thus if you open a
+Vimwiki buffer in a new tab or window, it would be set to the default value.
+
+Vimwiki sets 'conceallevel' to g:vimwiki_conceallevel every time a Vimwiki
+buffer is entered.
+
+With default settings, Vimwiki conceals one-character markers, shortens long
+URLs and hides markers and URL for links that have a description.
+
+Default: 2
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_conceal_onechar_markers*
+
+Control the concealment of one-character markers.
+
+Setting 'conceal_onechar_markers' to 0 will show the markers, overriding
+whatever value is set in |g:vimwiki_conceallevel|
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_conceal_pre*
+
+Conceal preformatted text markers. For example,
+>
+    {{{python
+    def say_hello():
+        print("Hello, world!")
+    }}}
+>
+would appear as simply
+>
+    def say_hello():
+        print("Hello, world!")
+>
+in your wiki file.
+
+Default: 0
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_autowriteall*
+
+Automatically save a modified wiki buffer when switching wiki pages. Has the
+same effect as setting the Vim option 'autowriteall', but it works for wiki
+files only, while the Vim option is global.
+Hint: if you're just annoyed that you have to save files manually to switch
+wiki pages, consider setting the Vim option 'hidden' which makes that modified
+files don't need to be saved.
+
+Value           Description~
+0               autowriteall is off
+1               autowriteall is on
+
+Default: 1
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_url_maxsave*
+
+Setting the value of |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| to 0 will prevent any link
+shortening: you will see the full URL in all types of links, with no parts
+being concealed. This option does not affect the concealing of wiki elements
+such as bold, italic, wikilinks, etc.
+
+When positive, the value determines the maximum number of characters that
+are retained at the end after concealing the middle part of a long URL.
+It could be less: in case one of the characters /,#,? is found near the end,
+the URL will be concealed up to the last occurrence of that character.
+
+Note:
+  * The conceal feature works only with Vim >= 7.3.
+  * When using the default |wrap| option of Vim, the effect of concealed links
+    is not always pleasing, because the visible text on longer lines with
+    a lot of concealed parts may appear to be strangely broken across several
+    lines. This is a limitation of Vim's |conceal| feature.
+  * Many color schemes do not define an unobtrusive color for the Conceal
+    highlight group - this might be quite noticeable on shortened URLs.
+
+
+Default: 15
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_diary_months*
+
+It is a |Dictionary| with the numbers of months and corresponding names. Diary
+uses it.
+
+Redefine it in your .vimrc to get localized months in your diary:
+let g:vimwiki_diary_months = {
+      \ 1: 'Январь', 2: 'Февраль', 3: 'Март',
+      \ 4: 'Апрель', 5: 'Май', 6: 'Июнь',
+      \ 7: 'Июль', 8: 'Август', 9: 'Сентябрь',
+      \ 10: 'Октябрь', 11: 'Ноябрь', 12: 'Декабрь'
+      \ }
+
+Default:
+let g:vimwiki_diary_months = {
+      \ 1: 'January', 2: 'February', 3: 'March',
+      \ 4: 'April', 5: 'May', 6: 'June',
+      \ 7: 'July', 8: 'August', 9: 'September',
+      \ 10: 'October', 11: 'November', 12: 'December'
+      \ }
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_toc_header*
+
+A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the Table of Contents
+(see |vimwiki-toc|) is located in a file. You can change it to the
+appropriate word in your mother tongue like this: >
+  let g:vimwiki_toc_header = 'Inhalt'
+
+The default is 'Contents'.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_toc_header_level*
+
+The header level of the Table of Contents (see |vimwiki-toc|). Valid values
+are from 1 to 6.
+
+The default is 1.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_toc_link_format*
+
+The format of the links in the Table of Contents (see |vimwiki-toc|).
+
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Extended: The link contains the description and URL. URL
+                references all levels.
+1               Brief: The link contains only the URL. URL references only
+                the immediate level.
+
+Default: 0
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_map_prefix*
+
+A string which specifies the prefix for all global mappings (and some local
+ones).  Use it to avoid conflicts with other plugins.  Note that it must be
+defined before the plugin loads.  >
+  let g:vimwiki_map_prefix = 'e'
+
+The default is 'w'.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_auto_chdir*
+
+When set to 1, enables auto-cd feature. Whenever Vimwiki page is opened,
+Vimwiki performs an |:lcd| to the root Vimwiki folder of the page's wiki.
+
+
+Value           Description~
+0               Do not change directory.
+1               Change directory to root Vimwiki folder on opening page.
+
+Default: 0
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_links_header*
+
+A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the generated links
+are located in a file. You can change it to the appropriate word in your
+mother tongue like this: >
+  let g:vimwiki_links_header = 'Generierte Links'
+
+The default is 'Generated Links'.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_links_header_level*
+
+The header level of generated links. Valid values are from 1 to 6.
+
+The default is 1.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_tags_header*
+
+A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the generated tags
+are located in a file. You can change it to the appropriate word in your
+mother tongue like this: >
+  let g:vimwiki_tags_header = 'Generierte Stichworte'
+
+The default is 'Generated Tags'.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_tags_header_level*
+
+The header level of generated tags. Valid values are from 1 to 5.
+
+The default is 1.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_markdown_header_style*
+
+The number of newlines to be inserted after a header is generated. Valid
+values are from 0 to 2.
+
+The default is 1.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_auto_header*
+
+Set this option to 1 to automatically generate a level 1 header when creating
+a new wiki page. This option is disabled for the wiki index and the diary
+index. Spaces replaced with |vimwiki-option-links_space_char| are reverted
+back to spaces in the generated header, which will match the filename
+except for the characters that were reverted to spaces.
+
+For example, with `links_space_char` set to `'_'` creating a link from the text
+`foo bar link` would result in `[[foo_bar_link]]` and the file
+`foo_bar_link.wiki`. The generated header would be `= foo bar link =`
+
+The default is 0.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_key_mappings*
+
+A dictionary that is used to enable/disable various key mapping groups. To
+disable a specific group set the value for the associated key to 0.
+For example: >
+
+  let g:vimwiki_key_mappings =
+    \ {
+    \ 'headers': 0,
+    \ 'text_objs': 0,
+    \ }
+
+To disable ALL Vimwiki key mappings use: >
+
+    let g:vimwiki_key_mappings = { 'all_maps': 0, }
+
+The valid key groups and their associated mappings are shown below.
+
+`all_maps`:
+  Used to disable all Vimwiki key mappings.
+`global`:
+  |vimwiki-global-mappings| that are defined when Vim starts.
+`headers`:
+  Mappings for header navigation and manipulation:
+  |vimwiki_=|, |vimwiki_-|, |vimwiki_[[|, |vimwiki_]]|, |vimwiki_[=|
+  |vimwiki_]=|, |vimwiki_]u| , |vimwiki_[u|
+`text_objs`:
+  |vimwiki-text-objects| mappings.
+`table_format`:
+  Mappings used for table formatting.
+  |vimwiki_gqq|, |vimwiki_gww|, |vimwiki_gq1|, |vimwiki_gw1|
+  |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
+`table_mappings`:
+    Table mappings for insert mode.
+    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
+`lists`:
+    Mappings for list manipulation.
+    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_gl|, |vimwiki_gL| |vimwiki_gln|, |vimwiki_glp|
+    |vimwiki_gll|, |vimwiki_gLl|, |vimwiki_glh|, |vimwiki_gLh|, |vimwiki_glr|, |vimwiki_gLr|
+    |vimwiki_glsar|, |vimwiki_gLstar|, |vimwiki_gl#|, |vimwiki_gL#|, |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gL-|
+    |vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gL1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_gLa|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gLA|
+    |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_gLi|, |vimwiki_glI|, |vimwiki_gLI|, |vimwiki_glx|
+`links`:
+    Mappings for link creation and navigation.
+    |vimwiki_wi|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
+    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
+    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_wd|, |vimwiki_wr|, |vimwiki_|
+    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_+|, |vimwiki_|
+`html`:
+    Mappings for HTML generation.
+    |vimwiki_wh|, |vimwiki_whh|
+`mouse`:
+    Mouse mappings, see |vimwiki_mouse|. This option is disabled by default.
+
+The default is to enable all key mappings except the mouse: >
+  let g:vimwiki_key_mappings =
+    \ {
+    \   'all_maps': 1,
+    \   'global': 1,
+    \   'headers': 1,
+    \   'text_objs': 1,
+    \   'table_format': 1,
+    \   'table_mappings': 1,
+    \   'lists': 1,
+    \   'links': 1,
+    \   'html': 1,
+    \   'mouse': 0,
+    \ }
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*g:vimwiki_filetypes*
+
+A list of additional fileypes that should be registered to vimwiki files: >
+
+  let g:vimwiki_filetypes = ['markdown', 'pandoc']
+
+Would result in the filetype being set to `vimwiki.markdown.pandoc`. This can
+be used to enable third party plugins such as custom folding. WARNING: this
+option can allow other plugins to overwrite vimwiki settings and operation so
+take care when using it. Any plugin that uses a set filetype will be enabled.
+
+The default is `[ ]`
+
+==============================================================================
+13. Getting help                                                *vimwiki-help*
+
+For questions, discussions, praise or rants there is a mailing list:
+https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/vimwiki
+
+Also, there is the IRC channel #vimwiki on Freenode which can be accessed via
+webchat: https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki
+
+==============================================================================
+14. Contributing & Bug reports                          *vimwiki-contributing*
+
+Your help in making Vimwiki better is really appreciated!
+Any help, whether it is a spelling correction or a code snippet to patch --
+everything is welcomed.
+
+See CONTRIBUTING.md for info about how to file bugs etc.
+
+==============================================================================
+15. Development                                          *vimwiki-development*
+
+Homepage: http://vimwiki.github.io/
+Github: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+Vim plugins: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2226
+Old homepage: http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/
+
+Contributors and their Github usernames in roughly chronological order:
+
+    - Maxim Kim (@habamax)  as original author
+    - the people here: http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/people/list
+    - Stuart Andrews (@tub78)
+    - Tomas Pospichal
+    - Daniel Schemala (@EinfachToll) as current maintainer
+    - Larry Hynes (@larryhynes)
+    - Hector Arciga (@harciga)
+    - Alexey Radkov (@lyokha)
+    - Aaron Franks (@af)
+    - Dan Bernier (@danbernier)
+    - Carl Helmertz (@chelmertz)
+    - Karl Yngve Lervåg (@lervag)
+    - Patrick Davey (@patrickdavey)
+    - Ivan Tishchenko (@t7ko)
+    - 修昊 (@Svtter)
+    - Marcelo D Montu (@mMontu)
+    - John Kaul
+    - Hongbo Liu (@hiberabyss)
+    - @Tomsod
+    - @wangzq
+    - Jinzhou Zhang (@lotabout)
+    - Michael Riley (@optik-aper)
+    - Irfan Sharif (@irfansharif)
+    - John Conroy (@jconroy77)
+    - Christian Rondeau (@christianrondeau)
+    - Alex Thorne (@thornecc)
+    - Shafqat Bhuiyan (@priomsrb)
+    - Bradley Cicenas (@bcicen)
+    - Michael Thessel (@MichaelThessel)
+    - Michael F. Schönitzer (@nudin)
+    - @sqlwwx
+    - Guilherme Salazar (@salazar)
+    - Daniel Trnka (@trnila)
+    - Yuchen Pei (@ycpei)
+    - @maqiv
+    - Dawid Ciężarkiewicz (@dpc)
+    - Drew Hays (@Dru89)
+    - Daniel Etrata (@danetrata)
+    - Keith Haber (@kjhaber)
+    - @beuerle
+    - Silvio Ricardo Cordeiro (@silvioricardoc)
+    - @blyoa
+    - Jonathan McElroy (@jonathanmcelroy)
+    - @PetrusZ
+    - Brian Gianforcaro (@bgianfo)
+    - Ben Burrill (@benburrill)
+    - Zhuang Ma (@mzlogin)
+    - Huy Le (@huynle)
+    - Nick Borden (@hcwndbyw)
+    - John Campbell (@johnmarcampbell)
+    - Petrus (@PetrusZ)
+    - Steven Stallion (@sstallion)
+    - Daniel Quomsieh (@DQuomsieh)
+    - Fredrik Arnerup (@farnerup)
+    - CUI Hao (@cuihaoleo)
+    - Benjamin Brandtner (@BenjaminBrandtner)
+    - @sreejith994
+    - Raphael Feng (@raphaelfeng)
+    - Kasper Socha (@fte10kso)
+    - Nicolas Brailovsky (@nicolasbrailo)
+    - @BenMcH
+    - Stefan Huber (@shuber2)
+    - Hugo Hörnquist (@HugoNikanor)
+    - Rane Brown (@ranebrown)
+    - Patrik Willard (@padowi)
+    - Steve Dondley (@sdondley)
+    - Alexander Gude (@agude)
+    - Jonny Bylsma (@jbylsma)
+    - Shaedil (@Shaedil)
+    - Robin Lowe (@defau1t)
+    - Abhinav Gupta (@abhinav)
+    - Dave Gauer (@ratfactor)
+    - Martin Tourneboeuf (@tinmarino)
+    - Mauro Morales (@mauromorales)
+    - Valtteri Vallius (@kaphula)
+    - Patrick Stockwell (@patstockwell)
+    - Henry Qin (@hq6)
+    - Hugo Hörnquist
+    - Greg Anders
+    - Steven Schmeiser
+    - Monkin (@monkinco)
+    - @AresMegaGlobal
+    - Cesar Tessarin (@tessarin)
+    - Clément Bœsch (@ubitux)
+    - Dave Gauer
+    - Eric Langlois (@edlanglois)
+    - James Moriarty
+    - Lionel Flandrin (@simias)
+    - Michael Brauweiler (@rattletat)
+    - Michal Cizmazia (@cizmazia)
+    - Samir Benmendil (@Ram-Z)
+    - Stefan Lehmann (@stevesteve)
+    - @graywolf
+    - flex (@bratekarate)
+
+==============================================================================
+16. Changelog                                              *vimwiki-changelog*
+
+
+Issue numbers starting with '#' are issues from
+https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/, all others from
+http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/issues/list. They may be accessible from
+https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues.
+
+
+2.5 (2020-05-26)~
+
+New:~
+    * PR #787: |:VimwikiRenameFile| works for all directories: even
+      wiki_root/diary/2019-12-11.md if current file is wiki_root/dir1/file.md.
+    * Issue #764: fenced code blocks are properly supported for markdown
+      syntax i.e. more than 3 backticks, adds tilde support.
+    * PR #785: |:VimwikiGoto| completion works with part of filename and
+      nested directories
+    * Add test framework (vader, vint, vim-testbed)
+    * Issue #769: Set default values for |g:vimwiki_ext2syntax|.
+    * PR #735: Make list-toggling work properly even when code blocks are
+      embedded within the list in Markdown mode.
+    * PR #711: Allow forcing VimwikiAll2HTML with !
+    * PR #702: Make remapping documentation more accessible to newer vim users
+    * PR #673: Add :VimwikiGoto key mapping.
+    * PR #689: Allow |vimwiki-option-diary_rel_path| to be an empty string.
+    * PR #683: Improve layout and format of key binding documentation in
+      README and include note about key bindings that may not work.
+    * PR #681: Prevent sticky type checking errors for old vim versions.
+    * PR #686: New option |g:vimwiki_key_mappings| that allow key mappings to
+      be enabled/disabled by groups. Key mappings are also no longer
+      overwritten if they are already defined.
+    * PR #675: Add option |vimwiki-option-name| to assign a per wiki name.
+    * PR #661: Add option |g:vimwiki_auto_header| to automatically generate
+      a level 1 header for new wiki pages.
+    * PR #665: Integration with vimwiki_markdown gem
+      https://github.com/patrickdavey/vimwiki_markdown
+      This provides the |vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization|
+      which alters the filenames vimiwiki checks against when running the
+      html conversion. It also disables the deleting of html files which
+      no longer match against a wiki file.
+    * PR #663: New option |g:vimwiki_conceal_onechar_markers| to control
+      whether to show or hide single-character format markers.
+    * PR #636: Wiki local option |vimwiki-option-exclude_files| which is
+      a list of patterns to exclude when checking or generating links.
+    * PR #644: Key mapping gnt to jump to the next open task.
+    * PR #643: Option |g:vimwiki_toc_link_format| to change how links are
+      formatted in the TOC.
+    * PR #641: Option |g:vimwiki_conceal_code_blocks| to conceal preformatted
+      text markers.
+    * PR #634: New options |g:vimwiki_links_header| and
+      |g:vimwiki_tags_header| to customize the title string of generated
+      sections. New option |g:vimwiki_links_header_level| and
+      |g:vimwiki_tags_header_level| which allow the header level (1-6) of the
+      generated links to be set. New option |g:vimwiki_markdown_header_style|
+      which specifies the nuber of newlines after the created header for
+      generated sections.
+    * PR #635: Wiki local options |vimwiki-option-auto_generate_links| and
+      |vimwiki-option-auto_generate_tags|.
+    * Wiki local option |vimwiki-option-links_space_char| to replace spaces
+      with a different character when creating a link.
+    * Allow increase/decrease header level to take a count.
+    * PR #637: Option |g:vimwiki_table_reduce_last_col| to not autoformat last
+      column of a table.
+    * PR #629: New option |g:vimwiki_toc_header_level| to set the desired
+      header level for the TOC.
+    * PR #616: Hex color codes are colored in HTML output.
+    * PR #573: Add HTML template variable %wiki_path% which outputs the path
+      of the current file being converted to HTML.
+    * PR #529: Option |g:vimwiki_markdown_link_ext| to include the extension
+      .md in generated links.
+    * PR #528: Add option |g:vimwiki_create_link| to prevent link creation
+      with .
+    * PR #498: Option |vimwiki-option-diary_caption_level| which adds captions
+      to the diary index based on headers.
+    * PR #377: Add horizontal alignment to tables.
+    * PR #202: Don't override or display errors for existing keymappings.
+    * PR #47: Optimize table formatting for large tables.
+    * PR #857: Make default template responsive
+    * PR #879: Generate links when diary & wiki dir are the same
+
+Changed:~
+    * Issue #796: Rename |:VimwikiGenerateTags| to |:VimwikiGenerateTagLinks|
+    * Issue #638: Rename |:VimwikiDeleteLink| to |:VimwikiDeleteFile|
+    * Issue #638: Rename |:VimwikiRenameLink| to |:VimwikiRenameFile|
+    * For all three above the old commands still works but is deprecated and
+    * will be removed in later versions.
+    * Set default |vimwiki-option-list_margin| = 0 for markdown syntax.
+    * Modify horizontal rule (thematic-breaks) syntax for markdown.
+
+Removed:~
+    * PR #698: Remove awa check triggering silent file edits.
+    * Options g:vimwiki_use_mouse and g:vimwiki_table_mappings. These are
+      still present in the code for backwards compatibility but have been
+      removed from the documentation and will be fully removed at a later
+      point.
+
+Fixed:~
+    * Issue #90: |:VimwikiRenameFile| doesn't update links in diary.
+    * Issue #790: Allow tags before a header with markdown syntax.
+    * Issue #779: Vimwiki tags file meets ctags standard.
+    * Issue #781: Compatablity fixes for older versions of Vim.
+    * Issue #691: Allow |:VimwikiGoBackLink| to go back multiple times.
+    * Update MathJax CDN loading instructions.
+    * Issue #212: Don't treat comment characters within code blocks as
+      headers.
+    * Issue #420: Add error handling to |:VimwikiSearch|
+    * PR #744: Fix typo in vimwiki_list_manipulation
+    * Issue #715: s:clean_url is compatible with vim pre 7.4.1546 (sticky type
+      checking)
+    * Issue #729: Normalize links uses relative paths in diary pages for
+      Markdown syntax. This previously only worked for the default syntax.
+    * Disable spell check in code and math inline/blocks.
+    * Properly handle markdown image links `![]()`
+    * Issue #415: Expand iabbrev entries on .
+    * Issue #619: allow escaped characters in markdown links.
+    * Issue #240: Fix regex pattern for markdown '[]()' links
+    * Issue #685: Error message for invalid user options fixed.
+    * Issue #481: Allow surrounding URLs with '<' '>'
+    * Issue #237: |:VimwikiRenameFile| now works for Markdown syntax
+    * Issue #612: GVim menu displayed duplicate names.
+    * Issue #456: Omnicompletion of wikilinks under Windows. Note: this should
+      be considered a temporary fix until #478 is closed.
+    * Issue #654: Fix |:VimwikiShowVersion| command.
+    * PR #634: Removed extra newlines that were inserted before/after
+      generated links.
+    * Issue #543: Allow commands related to opening index files or diary pages
+      to take a count, modify keymapping behavior, and fix discrepancies in
+      the documentation.
+    * Issue #539: The option |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| now only affects raw
+      URLs (wiki links are excluded).
+    * Issue #438: Fix creation of visually selected links on diary pages.
+    * Issue #404: Don't conceal strikethrough character in tables.
+    * Issue #318: Markdown syntax bold, italic, and italic/bold are now
+      rendered correctly.
+    * Issue #835: Pressing enter on the dash of a markdown list causes an error.
+    * Issue #876: E684: list index out of range: 0, when creating a link containing a `.`.
+    * Issue #803: |:VimwikiGenerateLinks| for subdirectory only
+    * Issue #776: Command [count]o can't repeat in vimwiki
+
+
+2.4.1 (2019-02-20)~
+Fixed:
+    * Fix VimwikiShowVersion function.
+    * strikethrough `~` characters were not hidden within tables
+    * Update and format README.md and update screen shots
+
+2.4 (2019-03-24)~
+
+New:~
+    * Add the option |g:vimwiki_text_ignore_newline|.
+    * |g:vimwiki_listsyms| can have fewer or more than 5 symbols.
+    * glx on a list item marks a checkbox as won't do, see |vimwiki_glx|.
+    * Add the option |g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected| to set the character used
+      for won't-do list items.
+    * gln and glp change the "done" status of a checkbox, see |vimwiki_gln|.
+    * |:VimwikiSplitLink| and |:VimwikiVSplitLink| can now reuse an existing
+      split window and not move the cursor.
+    * Add 'aH' and 'iH' text objects, see |vimwiki-text-objects|.
+    * Add the keys |vimwiki_[[|, |vimwiki_]]|, |vimwiki_[=|, |vimwiki_]=| and
+      |vimwiki_]u| for navigating between headers.
+    * Add the command |:VimwikiMakeTomorrowDiaryNote|.
+    * |g:vimwiki_folding| has a new option 'custom'.
+    * Add the ':quick' option for faster folding, see |g:vimwiki_folding|.
+    * Add the %date placeholder, see |vimwiki-date|.
+    * Add the option |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args|.
+    * Add support for HTML-style comments when using markdown syntax.
+    * Made headings link to themselves in HTML output.
+    * Add |:VimwikiShowVersion| to check the version
+
+Removed:~
+    * Remove the undocumented and buggy command :VimwikiReadLocalOptions
+      which allowed to store Vimwiki related settings in a local file.
+    * Remove the undocumented command :VimwikiPrintWikiState.
+    * For complicated reasons, Vimwiki doesn't clean up its settings anymore
+      if you change the filetype of a wiki buffer.
+
+Fixed:~
+    * Make |vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes| work also for markdown.
+    * Issue #236: Highlight math blocks as TeX math, not TeX.
+    * Issue #264: Don't overwrite mappings to i_ from other plugins.
+    * Fix an error where  sometimes didn't work under Windows.
+    * Issue #302: |:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks| had issues with markdown.
+    * Issue #445: Better handling of |'autowriteall'| and |'hidden'|.
+    * Improve 'ah' and 'ih' text objects, see |vimwiki-text-objects|.
+    * Allow opening of links using Powershell.
+    * Allow any visual mode to be used with |vimwiki_+|.
+    * Markdown syntax for |vimwiki-toc| is used, when appropriate.
+    * Wikis can now be in subfolders of other wikis.
+    * Issue #482: |:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote| now uses the diary of the current wiki.
+    * Opening the diary and wikis from the menu works correctly now.
+    * Issue #497: Make |:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote| work outside a wiki buffer.
+    * Use markdown syntax in the diary when appropriate.
+    * Improve handling of errors on opening files.
+    * Update links when renaming a page with |:VimwikiRenameLink|.
+    * Fix losing the highlighting in various situations.
+    * Improved link normalisation.
+    * Various other minor fixes.
+
+
+2.3 (2016-03-31)~
+
+New:~
+    * Add |:VimwikiMakeYesterdayDiaryNote| command
+    * Issue #128: add option |vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes|
+    * Issue #192: Sort links in the list generated by |:VimwikiGenerateTags|
+
+Fixed:~
+    * Issue #176: Fix issue when the wiki path contains spaces
+    * Also look for tags in wiki files in subdirectories
+    * Locate the .tags file correctly on Windows
+    * Issue #183: Fix HTML conversion of headers containing links
+    * Issue #64: create correct Markdown links when pressing CR on a word
+    * Issue #191: ignore headers inside preformatted text when creating the TOC
+    * Create the standard CSS file also if only one file is converted to HTML
+    * Fix #188: |vimwiki_+| on a raw url surrounds it with brackets
+    * various minor fixes
+
+
+2.2.1 (2015-12-10)~
+
+Removed:~
+    * Removed the option g:vimwiki_debug, which probably nobody used. If you
+      want it back, file an issue at Github.
+
+Fixed:~
+    * Issue #175: Don't do random things when the user has remapped the z key
+    * Don't ask for confirmation when following a URL in MacOS
+    * Always jump to the first occurrence of a tag in a file
+    * Don't move the cursor when updating the TOC
+    * Fix some issues with the TOC when folding is enabled
+
+
+2.2 (2015-11-25)~
+
+New:~
+    * Support for anchors, see |vimwiki-anchors|
+        * in this context, add support for TOC, see |vimwiki-toc|
+        * add omni completion of wiki links (files and anchors)
+        * new local option |vimwiki-option-auto_toc|
+        * new global option |g:vimwiki_toc_header|
+    * Support for tags, see |vimwiki-syntax-tags|
+    * List editing capabilities, see |vimwiki-lists|:
+        * support for auto incrementing numbered lists
+        * more key maps for list manipulation, see |vimwiki-list-manipulation|
+        * improved automatic adjustment of checkboxes
+        * text objects for list items, see |vimwiki-text-objects|
+    * New command |:VimwikiCheckLinks| to check for broken links
+    * New global option |g:vimwiki_auto_chdir|
+    * New global option |g:vimwiki_map_prefix|
+    * Support for wiki links absolute to the wiki root
+    * Added the |VimwikiLinkConverter| function
+    * Issue #24: Basic support for remote directories via netrw
+    * Issue #50: in HTML, tables can now be embedded in lists
+    * When converting to HTML, show a message with the output directory
+    * Add auto completion for |:VimwikiGoto|
+    * Add Chinese Readme file
+
+Changed:~
+    * Wiki files must not contain # anymore, because # is used to separate the
+      file from an anchor in a link.
+    * replace the function vimwiki#base#resolve_scheme() by
+      vimwiki#base#resolve_link() (relevant if you have a custom
+      |VimwikiLinkHandler| which used this function)
+    * The semantic of "file:" and "local:" links changed slightly, see
+      |vimwiki-syntax-links| for what they mean now
+    * The meaning of a link like [[/some/directory/]] changed. It used to be
+      a link to the actual directory /some/directory/, now it's relative to
+      the root of the current wiki. Use [[file:/some/directory/]] for the old
+      behavior.
+
+Removed:~
+    * the %toc placeholder is now useless, use |vimwiki-toc| instead
+    * the global option g:vimwiki_auto_checkbox is now useless and removed
+
+Fixed:~
+    * Issue 415: Disable folding if g:vimwiki_folding is set to ''
+    * Fix slowdown in Vim 7.4
+    * Issue #12: Separate diaries from different wikis
+    * Issue #13: Fix :VimwikiRenameLink on links containing a dot
+    * Always jump to previous link on , not to beginning of link
+    * Issue #27: Fix  on a visual selection sometimes not working
+    * |VimwikiBackLinks| now recognizes much more valid links
+    * Issue 424: make external links with #, % work under Linux
+    * Issue #39: don't htmlize stuff inside pre tags
+    * Issue #44: faster formatting of large tables
+    * Issue #52: Recognize markdown links when renaming wiki file
+    * Issue #54: Disable 'shellslash' on Windows to avoid problems
+    * Issue #81: Don't get stuck when converting a read-only file
+    * Issue #66: Better normalizing of links in diary
+    * Fix the menu in GVim, which was sometimes not shown correctly
+    * |VimwikiGenerateLinks| now also generates links for subdirectories
+    * Issue #93: Don't process placeholders inside preformatted text
+    * Issue #102: Add default values to some options like the doc says
+    * Issue #144: Fix bug with folds shortening on multibyte characters
+    * Issue #158: Detect the OS correctly
+    * |VimwikiGenerateLinks| now replaces a potentially existing old list
+    * Fix uneven indentation of list items with checkboxes in HTML
+    * Various small fixes
+    * Corrected website links in documentation. code.google is dead, long live
+      Github!
+
+2.1~
+
+    * Concealing of links can be turned off - set |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| to 0.
+      The option g:vimwiki_url_mingain was removed
+    * |g:vimwiki_folding| also accepts value 'list'; with 'expr' both sections
+      and code blocks folded, g:vimwiki_fold_lists option was removed
+    * Issue 261: Syntax folding is back. |g:vimwiki_folding| values are
+      changed to '', 'expr', 'syntax'.
+    * Issue 372: Ignore case in g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags
+    * Issue 374: Make autowriteall local to vimwiki. It is not 100% local
+      though.
+    * Issue 384: Custom_wiki2html script now receives templating arguments
+    * Issue 393: Custom_wiki2html script path can contain tilde character
+    * Issue 392: Custom_wiki2html arguments are quoted, e.g names with spaces
+    * Various small bug fixes.
+
+2.0.1 'stu'~
+
+    * Follow (i.e. open target of) markdown reference-style links.
+    * Bug fixes.
+
+
+2.0 'stu'~
+
+This release is partly incompatible with previous.
+
+Summary ~
+
+    * Quick page-link creation.
+    * Redesign of link syntaxes (!)
+        * No more CamelCase links. Check the ways to convert them
+          https://groups.google.com/forum/?fromgroups#!topic/vimwiki/NdS9OBG2dys
+        * No more [[link][desc]] links.
+        * No more [http://link description] links.
+        * No more plain image links. Use transclusions.
+        * No more image links identified by extension. Use transclusions.
+    * Interwiki links
+    * More link schemes
+    * Transclusions
+    * Normalize link command. See |vimwiki_+|.
+    * Improved diary organization and generation. See |vimwiki-diary|.
+    * List manipulation. See |vimwiki-list-manipulation|.
+    * Markdown support.
+    * Mathjax support. See |vimwiki-syntax-math|.
+    * Improved handling of special characters and punctuation in filenames and
+      urls.
+    * Back links command: list links referring to the current page.
+    * Highlighting nonexisted links are off by default.
+    * Table syntax change. Row separator uses | instead of +.
+    * Fold multilined list items.
+    * Custom wiki to HTML converters. See |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html|.
+    * Conceal long weblinks. See g:vimwiki_url_mingain.
+    * Option to disable table mappings. See |g:vimwiki_table_mappings|.
+
+For detailed information see issues list on
+http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/issues/list
+
+
+1.2~
+    * Issue 70: Table spanning cell support.
+    * Issue 72: Do not convert again for unchanged file. |:VimwikiAll2HTML|
+      converts only changed wiki files.
+    * Issue 117: |:VimwikiDiaryIndex| command that opens diary index wiki page.
+    * Issue 120: Links in headers are not highlighted in vimwiki but are
+      highlighted in HTML.
+    * Issue 138: Added possibility to remap table-column move bindings. See
+      |:VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft| and |:VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight|
+      commands. For remap instructions see |vimwiki_|
+      and |vimwiki_|.
+    * Issue 125: Problem with 'o' command given while at the of the file.
+    * Issue 131: FileType is not set up when GUIEnter autocommand is used in
+      vimrc. Use 'nested' in 'au GUIEnter * nested VimwikiIndex'
+    * Issue 132: Link to perl (or any non-wiki) file in vimwiki subdirectory
+      doesn't work as intended.
+    * Issue 135: %title and %toc used together cause TOC to appear in an
+      unexpected place in HTML.
+    * Issue 139: |:VimwikiTabnewLink| command is added.
+    * Fix of g:vimwiki_stripsym = '' (i.e. an empty string) -- it removes bad
+      symbols from filenames.
+    * Issue 145: With modeline 'set ft=vimwiki' links are not correctly
+      highlighted when open wiki files.
+    * Issue 146: Filetype difficulty with ".txt" as a vimwiki extension.
+    * Issue 148: There are no mailto links.
+    * Issue 151: Use location list instead of quickfix list for |:VimwikiSearch|
+      command result. Use :lopen instead of :copen, :lnext instead of :cnext
+      etc.
+    * Issue 152: Add the list of HTML files that would not be deleted after
+      |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
+    * Issue 153: Delete HTML files that has no corresponding wiki ones with
+      |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
+    * Issue 156: Add multiple HTML templates. See
+      |vimwiki-option-template_path|. Options html_header and html_footer are
+      no longer exist.
+    * Issue 173: When virtualedit=all option is enabled the 'o' command behave
+      strange.
+    * Issue 178: Problem with alike wikie's paths.
+    * Issue 182: Browser command does not quote url.
+    * Issue 183: Spelling error highlighting is not possible with nested
+      syntaxes.
+    * Issue 184: Wrong foldlevel in some cases.
+    * Issue 195: Page renaming issue.
+    * Issue 196: vim: modeline bug -- syn=vim doesn't work.
+    * Issue 199: Generated HTML for sublists is invalid.
+    * Issue 200: Generated HTML for todo lists does not show completion status
+      the fix relies on CSS, thus your old stylesheets need to be updated!;
+      may not work in obsolete browsers or font-deficient systems.
+    * Issue 205: Block code: highlighting differs from processing. Inline code
+      block {{{ ... }}} is removed. Use `...` instead.
+    * Issue 208: Default highlight colors are problematic in many
+      colorschemes. Headers are highlighted as |hl-Title| by default, use
+      |g:vimwiki_hl_headers| to restore previous default Red, Green, Blue or
+      custom header colors. Some other changes in highlighting.
+    * Issue 209: Wild comments slow down html generation. Comments are
+      changed, use %% to comment out entire line.
+    * Issue 210: HTML: para enclose header.
+    * Issue 214: External links containing Chinese characters get trimmed.
+    * Issue 218: Command to generate HTML file and open it in webbrowser. See
+      |:Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse|(bind to whh)
+    * NEW: Added wh mapping to call |:Vimwiki2HTML|
+
+
+...
+
+39 releases
+
+...
+
+0.1~
+    * First public version.
+
+==============================================================================
+17. License                                                  *vimwiki-license*
+
+The MIT License
+http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php
+
+Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Maxim Kim
+              2013-2017 Daniel Schemala
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/doc/wiki.png b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/doc/wiki.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8bac8d
Binary files /dev/null and b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/doc/wiki.png differ
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d14201c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,701 @@
+" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
+" Vimwiki filetype plugin file
+" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1  " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+
+
+
+setlocal commentstring=%%%s
+
+if vimwiki#vars#get_global('conceallevel') && exists('+conceallevel')
+  let &l:conceallevel = vimwiki#vars#get_global('conceallevel')
+endif
+
+" This is for GOTO FILE: gf
+execute 'setlocal suffixesadd='.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')
+setlocal isfname-=[,]
+
+exe 'setlocal tags+=' . escape(vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path(), ' \|"')
+
+
+
+function! Complete_wikifiles(findstart, base) abort
+  if a:findstart == 1
+    let column = col('.')-2
+    let line = getline('.')[:column]
+    let startoflink = match(line, '\[\[\zs[^\\[\]]*$')
+    if startoflink != -1
+      let s:line_context = '['
+      return startoflink
+    endif
+    if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==? 'markdown'
+      let startofinlinelink = match(line, '\[.*\](\zs[^)]*$')
+      if startofinlinelink != -1
+        let s:line_context = '['
+        return startofinlinelink
+      endif
+    endif
+    let startoftag = match(line, ':\zs[^:[:space:]]*$')
+    if startoftag != -1
+      let s:line_context = ':'
+      return startoftag
+    endif
+    let s:line_context = ''
+    return -1
+  else
+    " Completion works for wikilinks/anchors, and for tags. s:line_content
+    " tells us which string came before a:base. There seems to be no easier
+    " solution, because calling col('.') here returns garbage.
+    if s:line_context ==? ''
+      return []
+    elseif s:line_context ==# ':'
+      " Tags completion
+      let tags = vimwiki#tags#get_tags()
+      if a:base !=? ''
+        call filter(tags,
+            \ 'v:val[:' . (len(a:base)-1) . "] == '" . substitute(a:base, "'", "''", '') . "'" )
+      endif
+      return tags
+    elseif a:base !~# '#'
+      " we look for wiki files
+
+      if a:base =~# '\m^wiki\d\+:'
+        let wikinumber = eval(matchstr(a:base, '\m^wiki\zs\d\+'))
+        if wikinumber >= vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()
+          return []
+        endif
+        let prefix = matchstr(a:base, '\m^wiki\d\+:\zs.*')
+        let scheme = matchstr(a:base, '\m^wiki\d\+:\ze')
+      elseif a:base =~# '^diary:'
+        let wikinumber = -1
+        let prefix = matchstr(a:base, '^diary:\zs.*')
+        let scheme = matchstr(a:base, '^diary:\ze')
+      else " current wiki
+        let wikinumber = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr')
+        let prefix = a:base
+        let scheme = ''
+      endif
+
+      let links = vimwiki#base#get_wikilinks(wikinumber, 1, '')
+      let result = []
+      for wikifile in links
+        if wikifile =~ '^'.vimwiki#u#escape(prefix)
+          call add(result, scheme . wikifile)
+        endif
+      endfor
+      return result
+
+    else
+      " we look for anchors in the given wikifile
+
+      let segments = split(a:base, '#', 1)
+      let given_wikifile = segments[0] ==? '' ? expand('%:t:r') : segments[0]
+      let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(given_wikifile.'#')
+      let wikifile = link_infos.filename
+      let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', link_infos.index)
+      let anchors = vimwiki#base#get_anchors(wikifile, syntax)
+
+      let filtered_anchors = []
+      let given_anchor = join(segments[1:], '#')
+      for anchor in anchors
+        if anchor =~# '^'.vimwiki#u#escape(given_anchor)
+          call add(filtered_anchors, segments[0].'#'.anchor)
+        endif
+      endfor
+      return filtered_anchors
+
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+setlocal omnifunc=Complete_wikifiles
+
+
+
+" settings necessary for the automatic formatting of lists
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal nocindent
+setlocal comments=""
+setlocal formatoptions-=c
+setlocal formatoptions-=r
+setlocal formatoptions-=o
+setlocal formatoptions-=2
+setlocal formatoptions+=n
+
+let &formatlistpat = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem')
+
+
+" ------------------------------------------------
+" Folding stuff
+" ------------------------------------------------
+
+function! VimwikiFoldListLevel(lnum) abort
+  return vimwiki#lst#fold_level(a:lnum)
+endfunction
+
+
+function! VimwikiFoldLevel(lnum) abort
+  let line = getline(a:lnum)
+
+  " Header/section folding...
+  if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') && !vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(a:lnum)
+    return '>'.vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line)
+  " Code block folding...
+  elseif line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
+    return 'a1'
+  elseif line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')
+    return 's1'
+  else
+    return '='
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+" Constants used by VimwikiFoldText
+" use \u2026 and \u21b2 (or \u2424) if enc=utf-8 to save screen space
+let s:ellipsis = (&encoding ==? 'utf-8') ? "\u2026" : '...'
+let s:ell_len = strlen(s:ellipsis)
+let s:newline = (&encoding ==? 'utf-8') ? "\u21b2 " : '  '
+let s:tolerance = 5
+
+
+" unused
+function! s:shorten_text_simple(text, len) abort
+  let spare_len = a:len - len(a:text)
+  return (spare_len>=0) ? [a:text,spare_len] : [a:text[0:a:len].s:ellipsis, -1]
+endfunction
+
+
+" s:shorten_text(text, len) = [string, spare] with "spare" = len-strlen(string)
+" for long enough "text", the string's length is within s:tolerance of "len"
+" (so that -s:tolerance <= spare <= s:tolerance, "string" ends with s:ellipsis)
+function! s:shorten_text(text, len) abort
+  " returns [string, spare]
+  " strlen() returns lenght in bytes, not in characters, so we'll have to do a
+  " trick here -- replace all non-spaces with dot, calculate lengths and
+  " indexes on it, then use original string to break at selected index.
+  let text_pattern = substitute(a:text, '\m\S', '.', 'g')
+  let spare_len = a:len - strlen(text_pattern)
+  if (spare_len + s:tolerance >= 0)
+    return [a:text, spare_len]
+  endif
+  " try to break on a space; assumes a:len-s:ell_len >= s:tolerance
+  let newlen = a:len - s:ell_len
+  let idx = strridx(text_pattern, ' ', newlen + s:tolerance)
+  let break_idx = (idx + s:tolerance >= newlen) ? idx : newlen
+  return [matchstr(a:text, '\m^.\{'.break_idx.'\}').s:ellipsis, newlen - break_idx]
+endfunction
+
+
+function! VimwikiFoldText() abort
+  let line = getline(v:foldstart)
+  let main_text = substitute(line, '^\s*', repeat(' ',indent(v:foldstart)), '')
+  let fold_len = v:foldend - v:foldstart + 1
+  let len_text = ' ['.fold_len.'] '
+  if line !~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
+    let [main_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(main_text, 50)
+    return main_text.len_text
+  else
+    " fold-text for code blocks: use one or two of the starting lines
+    let [main_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(main_text, 24)
+    let line1 = substitute(getline(v:foldstart+1), '^\s*', ' ', '')
+    let [content_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(line1, spare_len+20)
+    if spare_len > s:tolerance && fold_len > 3
+      let line2 = substitute(getline(v:foldstart+2), '^\s*', s:newline, '')
+      let [more_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(line2, spare_len+12)
+      let content_text .= more_text
+    endif
+    return main_text.len_text.content_text
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+
+
+" ------------------------------------------------
+" Commands
+" ------------------------------------------------
+
+command! -buffer Vimwiki2HTML
+      \ if filewritable(expand('%')) | silent noautocmd w | endif
+      \ 
+      \ let res = vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML(expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')),
+      \                             expand('%'))
+      \ 
+      \ if res != '' | echo 'Vimwiki: HTML conversion is done, output: '
+      \      . expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')) | endif
+command! -buffer Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse
+      \ if filewritable(expand('%')) | silent noautocmd w | endif
+      \ 
+      \ call vimwiki#base#system_open_link(vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML(
+      \         expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')),
+      \         expand('%')))
+command! -buffer -bang VimwikiAll2HTML
+      \ call vimwiki#html#WikiAll2HTML(expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')), 0)
+
+command! -buffer VimwikiTOC call vimwiki#base#table_of_contents(1)
+
+command! -buffer VimwikiNextTask call vimwiki#base#find_next_task()
+command! -buffer VimwikiNextLink call vimwiki#base#find_next_link()
+command! -buffer VimwikiPrevLink call vimwiki#base#find_prev_link()
+command! -buffer VimwikiDeleteFile call vimwiki#base#delete_link()
+command! -buffer VimwikiDeleteLink
+      \ call vimwiki#base#deprecate("VimwikiDeleteLink", "VimwikiDeleteFile") |
+      \ call vimwiki#base#delete_link()
+command! -buffer VimwikiRenameFile call vimwiki#base#rename_link()
+command! -buffer VimwikiRenameLink
+      \ call vimwiki#base#deprecate("VimwikiRenameLink", "VimwikiRenameFile") |
+      \ call vimwiki#base#rename_link()
+command! -buffer VimwikiFollowLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('nosplit', 0, 1)
+command! -buffer VimwikiGoBackLink call vimwiki#base#go_back_link()
+command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiSplitLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('hsplit', )
+command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiVSplitLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('vsplit', )
+
+command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiNormalizeLink call vimwiki#base#normalize_link()
+
+command! -buffer VimwikiTabnewLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('tab', 0, 1)
+
+command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiGenerateLinks call vimwiki#base#generate_links(1, )
+
+command! -buffer -nargs=0 VimwikiBacklinks call vimwiki#base#backlinks()
+command! -buffer -nargs=0 VWB call vimwiki#base#backlinks()
+
+command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiSearch call vimwiki#base#search()
+command! -buffer -nargs=* VWS call vimwiki#base#search()
+
+command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=customlist,vimwiki#base#complete_links_escaped
+      \ VimwikiGoto call vimwiki#base#goto()
+
+command! -buffer VimwikiCheckLinks call vimwiki#base#check_links()
+
+" list commands
+command! -buffer -nargs=+ VimwikiReturn call CR()
+command! -buffer -range -nargs=1 VimwikiChangeSymbolTo
+      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_marker(, , , 'n')
+command! -buffer -range -nargs=1 VimwikiListChangeSymbolI
+      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_marker(, , , 'i')
+command! -buffer -nargs=1 VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo
+      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_marker_in_list()
+command! -buffer -range VimwikiToggleListItem call vimwiki#lst#toggle_cb(, )
+command! -buffer -range VimwikiToggleRejectedListItem
+      \ call vimwiki#lst#toggle_rejected_cb(, )
+command! -buffer -range VimwikiIncrementListItem call vimwiki#lst#increment_cb(, )
+command! -buffer -range VimwikiDecrementListItem call vimwiki#lst#decrement_cb(, )
+command! -buffer -range -nargs=+ VimwikiListChangeLvl
+      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_level(, , )
+command! -buffer -range VimwikiRemoveSingleCB call vimwiki#lst#remove_cb(, )
+command! -buffer VimwikiRemoveCBInList call vimwiki#lst#remove_cb_in_list()
+command! -buffer VimwikiRenumberList call vimwiki#lst#adjust_numbered_list()
+command! -buffer VimwikiRenumberAllLists call vimwiki#lst#adjust_whole_buffer()
+command! -buffer VimwikiListToggle call vimwiki#lst#toggle_list_item()
+
+" table commands
+command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiTable call vimwiki#tbl#create()
+command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiTableAlignQ call vimwiki#tbl#align_or_cmd('gqq', )
+command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiTableAlignW call vimwiki#tbl#align_or_cmd('gww', )
+command! -buffer VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft call vimwiki#tbl#move_column_left()
+command! -buffer VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight call vimwiki#tbl#move_column_right()
+
+" diary commands
+command! -buffer VimwikiDiaryNextDay call vimwiki#diary#goto_next_day()
+command! -buffer VimwikiDiaryPrevDay call vimwiki#diary#goto_prev_day()
+
+" tags commands
+command! -buffer -bang VimwikiRebuildTags call vimwiki#tags#update_tags(1, '')
+command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=custom,vimwiki#tags#complete_tags
+      \ VimwikiSearchTags VimwikiSearch /::/
+command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=custom,vimwiki#tags#complete_tags
+      \ VimwikiGenerateTagLinks call vimwiki#tags#generate_tags(1, )
+command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=custom,vimwiki#tags#complete_tags
+      \ VimwikiGenerateTags
+      \ call vimwiki#base#deprecate("VimwikiGenerateTags", "VimwikiGenerateTagLinks") |
+      \ call vimwiki#tags#generate_tags(1, )
+
+command! -buffer VimwikiPasteUrl call vimwiki#html#PasteUrl(expand('%:p'))
+command! -buffer VimwikiCatUrl call vimwiki#html#CatUrl(expand('%:p'))
+
+
+" ------------------------------------------------
+" Keybindings
+" ------------------------------------------------
+
+" mouse mappings
+if str2nr(vimwiki#vars#get_global('key_mappings').mouse)
+  nmap   
+  nmap   
+  nnoremap  <2-LeftMouse>
+        \ :call vimwiki#base#follow_link('nosplit', 0, 1, "\2-LeftMouse>")
+  nnoremap   :VimwikiSplitLink
+  nnoremap   :VimwikiVSplitLink
+  nnoremap   :VimwikiGoBackLink
+endif
+
+"  HTML definitions
+nnoremap